blob: 1b9239c6e9e3be20493b4eca66a51a922dab304e [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001//===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000010// This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000011// by the C type system.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
John McCall2d887082010-08-25 22:03:47 +000015#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +000017#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
John McCall384aff82010-08-25 07:42:41 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chandler Carruth55fc8732012-12-04 09:13:33 +000020#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +000021#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Ted Kremenek23245122007-08-20 16:18:38 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +000023#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000024#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
25#include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
Chandler Carruth55fc8732012-12-04 09:13:33 +000026#include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ConvertUTF.h"
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +000028#include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +000029#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Chandler Carruth55fc8732012-12-04 09:13:33 +000030#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
31#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
Chandler Carruth55fc8732012-12-04 09:13:33 +000032#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
35#include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h"
36#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
37#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
38#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Zhongxing Xua1f3dba2009-05-20 01:55:10 +000039#include <limits>
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000040using namespace clang;
John McCall781472f2010-08-25 08:40:02 +000041using namespace sema;
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000042
Chris Lattner60800082009-02-18 17:49:48 +000043SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
44 unsigned ByteNo) const {
Chris Lattner08f92e32010-11-17 07:37:15 +000045 return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, PP.getSourceManager(),
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +000046 PP.getLangOpts(), PP.getTargetInfo());
Chris Lattner60800082009-02-18 17:49:48 +000047}
48
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +000049/// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
50/// This is useful when doing custom type-checking. Returns true on error.
51static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) {
52 unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs();
53 if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false;
54
55 if (argCount < desiredArgCount)
56 return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
57 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
58 << call->getSourceRange();
59
60 // Highlight all the excess arguments.
61 SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(),
62 call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd());
63
64 return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
65 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
66 << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
67}
68
Julien Lerougee5939212012-04-28 17:39:16 +000069/// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer
70/// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal.
71static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
72 if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2))
73 return true;
74
75 // First argument should be an integer.
76 Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
77 QualType Ty = ValArg->getType();
78 if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
79 S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg)
80 << ValArg->getSourceRange();
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +000081 return true;
82 }
Julien Lerougee5939212012-04-28 17:39:16 +000083
84 // Second argument should be a constant string.
85 Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
86 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg);
87 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
88 S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg)
89 << StrArg->getSourceRange();
90 return true;
91 }
92
93 TheCall->setType(Ty);
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +000094 return false;
95}
96
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +000097ExprResult
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +000098Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +000099 ExprResult TheCallResult(Owned(TheCall));
Douglas Gregor2def4832008-11-17 20:34:05 +0000100
Chris Lattner946928f2010-10-01 23:23:24 +0000101 // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
102 unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
103 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
104 Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
105 if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
106 ICEArguments = 0; // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
107
108 // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
109 for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
110 // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
111 if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
112
113 llvm::APSInt Result;
114 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
115 return true;
116 ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
117 }
118
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000119 switch (BuiltinID) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +0000120 case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +0000121 assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +0000122 "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +0000123 if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000124 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000125 break;
Ted Kremenek49ff7a12008-07-09 17:58:53 +0000126 case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +0000127 case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000128 if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
129 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000130 break;
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +0000131 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
132 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
133 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
134 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
135 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
136 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000137 if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall))
138 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000139 break;
Benjamin Kramere771a7a2010-02-15 22:42:31 +0000140 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
141 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6))
142 return ExprError();
143 break;
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +0000144 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
145 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
146 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
147 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
148 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +0000149 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1))
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +0000150 return ExprError();
151 break;
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +0000152 case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000153 return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
154 // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
155 // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +0000156 case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000157 if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
158 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000159 break;
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +0000160 case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000161 if (SemaBuiltinObjectSize(TheCall))
162 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000163 break;
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +0000164 case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
165 if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
166 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000167 break;
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +0000168
169 case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
170 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
171 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
172 break;
Chris Lattner75c29a02010-10-12 17:47:42 +0000173 case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p:
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +0000174 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
175 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
Chris Lattner75c29a02010-10-12 17:47:42 +0000176 break;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000177 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000178 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
179 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
180 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
181 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
182 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000183 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000184 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
185 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
186 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
187 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
188 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000189 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000190 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
191 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
192 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
193 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
194 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000195 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000196 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
197 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
198 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
199 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
200 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000201 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000202 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
203 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
204 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
205 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
206 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000207 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000208 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
209 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
210 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
211 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
212 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000213 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000214 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
215 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
216 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
217 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
218 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000219 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000220 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
221 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
222 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
223 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
224 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000225 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000226 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
227 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
228 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
229 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
230 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000231 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000232 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
233 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
234 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
235 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
236 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000237 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000238 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
239 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
240 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
241 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
242 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000243 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000244 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
245 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
246 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
247 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
248 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000249 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000250 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
251 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
252 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
253 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
254 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000255 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000256 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
257 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
258 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
259 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
260 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
Chris Lattner23aa9c82011-04-09 03:57:26 +0000261 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000262 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
263 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
264 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
265 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
266 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
Benjamin Kramer3fe198b2012-08-23 21:35:17 +0000267 return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult);
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000268#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
269#define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \
270 case Builtin::BI##ID: \
Benjamin Kramer3fe198b2012-08-23 21:35:17 +0000271 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID);
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000272#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +0000273 case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
Julien Lerougee5939212012-04-28 17:39:16 +0000274 if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall))
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +0000275 return ExprError();
276 break;
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000277 }
278
279 // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
280 // of the arch we are compiling for.
281 if (BuiltinID >= Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin) {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000282 switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000283 case llvm::Triple::arm:
284 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
285 if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
286 return ExprError();
287 break;
Simon Atanasyanfad0a322012-07-08 09:30:00 +0000288 case llvm::Triple::mips:
289 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
290 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
291 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
292 if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
293 return ExprError();
294 break;
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000295 default:
296 break;
297 }
298 }
299
Benjamin Kramer3fe198b2012-08-23 21:35:17 +0000300 return TheCallResult;
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000301}
302
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000303// Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code.
304static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false) {
Bob Wilsonda95f732011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000305 NeonTypeFlags Type(t);
306 int IsQuad = Type.isQuad();
307 switch (Type.getEltType()) {
308 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
309 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
310 return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1;
311 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
312 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
313 return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
314 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
315 return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
316 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
317 return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
318 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
319 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
320 return (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
321 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
322 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
323 return (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000324 }
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000325 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000326}
327
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000328/// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of
329/// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags. This is used to check
330/// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics.
331static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context) {
332 switch (Flags.getEltType()) {
333 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
334 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
335 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
336 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
337 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
338 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
339 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
340 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
341 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
342 return Context.SignedCharTy;
343 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
344 return Context.ShortTy;
345 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
346 return Context.UnsignedShortTy;
347 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
348 return Context.FloatTy;
349 }
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000350 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000351}
352
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000353bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000354 llvm::APSInt Result;
355
Richard Smithf8ee6bc2012-08-14 01:28:02 +0000356 uint64_t mask = 0;
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000357 unsigned TV = 0;
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000358 int PtrArgNum = -1;
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000359 bool HasConstPtr = false;
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000360 switch (BuiltinID) {
Nate Begemana23326b2010-06-17 04:17:01 +0000361#define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
362#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
363#undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000364 }
365
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000366 // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
367 // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000368 unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000369 if (mask) {
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000370 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000371 return true;
372
Bob Wilsonda95f732011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000373 TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
Richard Smithf8ee6bc2012-08-14 01:28:02 +0000374 if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0)
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000375 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000376 << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
377 }
378
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000379 if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000380 // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000381 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
382 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
383 Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
384 ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
385 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
386 QualType EltTy = getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context);
387 if (HasConstPtr)
388 EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
389 QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
390 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
391 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
392 if (RHS.isInvalid())
393 return true;
394 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
395 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
396 return true;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000397 }
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000398
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000399 // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
400 // instruction, range check them here.
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000401 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000402 switch (BuiltinID) {
403 default: return false;
Nate Begemanbb37f502010-07-29 22:48:34 +0000404 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break;
405 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break;
Nate Begeman99c40bb2010-08-03 21:32:34 +0000406 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f:
407 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break;
Nate Begemana23326b2010-06-17 04:17:01 +0000408#define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
409#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
410#undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000411 };
412
Douglas Gregor592a4232012-06-29 01:05:22 +0000413 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
414 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
415 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
416 return false;
417
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000418 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant.
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000419 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
420 return true;
421
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000422 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this isntruction.
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000423 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue();
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000424 if (Val < l || Val > (u + l))
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000425 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Benjamin Kramer476d8b82010-08-11 14:47:12 +0000426 << l << u+l << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000427
Nate Begeman99c40bb2010-08-03 21:32:34 +0000428 // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present.
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000429 return false;
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000430}
Daniel Dunbarde454282008-10-02 18:44:07 +0000431
Simon Atanasyanfad0a322012-07-08 09:30:00 +0000432bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
433 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
434 switch (BuiltinID) {
435 default: return false;
436 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
437 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break;
Simon Atanasyanbe22cb82012-08-27 12:29:20 +0000438 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_append: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
439 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_balign: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
440 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
441 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
442 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_prepend: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
Simon Atanasyanfad0a322012-07-08 09:30:00 +0000443 };
444
445 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
446 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
447 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
448 return false;
449
450 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant.
451 llvm::APSInt Result;
452 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
453 return true;
454
455 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this instruction.
456 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue();
457 if (Val < l || Val > u)
458 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
459 << l << u << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange();
460
461 return false;
462}
463
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000464/// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo
465/// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg.
466/// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has
467/// been populated.
468bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
469 FormatStringInfo *FSI) {
470 FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0;
471 FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
472 FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000473
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000474 // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
475 // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
476 // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
477 if (IsCXXMember) {
478 if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0)
479 return false;
480 --FSI->FormatIdx;
481 if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0)
482 --FSI->FirstDataArg;
483 }
484 return true;
485}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000486
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000487/// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg
488/// functions, and NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters.
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +0000489void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl,
490 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000491 unsigned NumProtoArgs,
492 bool IsMemberFunction,
493 SourceLocation Loc,
494 SourceRange Range,
495 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Jordan Rose66360e22012-10-02 01:49:54 +0000496 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
497 return;
Daniel Dunbarde454282008-10-02 18:44:07 +0000498
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000499 // Printf and scanf checking.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000500 bool HandledFormatString = false;
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000501 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000502 I = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
503 E = FDecl->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); I != E ; ++I)
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +0000504 if (CheckFormatArguments(*I, Args, IsMemberFunction, CallType, Loc, Range))
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000505 HandledFormatString = true;
506
507 // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string
508 // checks above.
509 if (!HandledFormatString && CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply)
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +0000510 for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumProtoArgs; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Ted Kremenek0234bfa2012-10-11 19:06:43 +0000511 // Args[ArgIdx] can be null in malformed code.
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +0000512 if (const Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx])
Ted Kremenek0234bfa2012-10-11 19:06:43 +0000513 variadicArgumentPODCheck(Arg, CallType);
514 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000515
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000516 for (specific_attr_iterator<NonNullAttr>
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000517 I = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<NonNullAttr>(),
518 E = FDecl->specific_attr_end<NonNullAttr>(); I != E; ++I)
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +0000519 CheckNonNullArguments(*I, Args.data(), Loc);
Dmitri Gribenko0d5a0692012-08-17 00:08:38 +0000520
521 // Type safety checking.
522 for (specific_attr_iterator<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>
523 i = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>(),
524 e = FDecl->specific_attr_end<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +0000525 CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(*i, Args.data());
Dmitri Gribenko0d5a0692012-08-17 00:08:38 +0000526 }
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000527}
528
529/// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety
530/// properties not enforced by the C type system.
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +0000531void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
532 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000533 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
534 SourceLocation Loc) {
535 VariadicCallType CallType =
536 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply;
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +0000537 checkCall(FDecl, Args, Proto->getNumArgs(),
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000538 /*IsMemberFunction=*/true, Loc, SourceRange(), CallType);
539}
540
541/// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
542/// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
543bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
544 const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
Eli Friedman2edcde82012-10-11 00:30:58 +0000545 bool IsMemberOperatorCall = isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(TheCall) &&
546 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl);
547 bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall) ||
548 IsMemberOperatorCall;
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000549 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto,
550 TheCall->getCallee());
551 unsigned NumProtoArgs = Proto ? Proto->getNumArgs() : 0;
Eli Friedman2edcde82012-10-11 00:30:58 +0000552 Expr** Args = TheCall->getArgs();
553 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
Eli Friedmandf75b0c2012-10-11 00:34:15 +0000554 if (IsMemberOperatorCall) {
Eli Friedman2edcde82012-10-11 00:30:58 +0000555 // If this is a call to a member operator, hide the first argument
556 // from checkCall.
557 // FIXME: Our choice of AST representation here is less than ideal.
558 ++Args;
559 --NumArgs;
560 }
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +0000561 checkCall(FDecl, llvm::makeArrayRef<const Expr *>(Args, NumArgs),
562 NumProtoArgs,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000563 IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
564 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
565
566 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
567 // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
568 // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
569 if (!FnInfo)
570 return false;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000571
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000572 unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
573 if (CMId == 0)
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000574 return false;
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +0000575
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000576 // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000577 if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat)
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +0000578 CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +0000579 else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat)
580 CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000581 else
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000582 CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +0000583
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000584 return false;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +0000585}
586
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000587bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,
588 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000589 VariadicCallType CallType =
590 Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply;
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000591
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +0000592 checkCall(Method, llvm::makeArrayRef<const Expr *>(Args, NumArgs),
593 Method->param_size(),
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000594 /*IsMemberFunction=*/false,
595 lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(), CallType);
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000596
597 return false;
598}
599
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000600bool Sema::CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
601 const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000602 const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl);
603 if (!V)
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000604 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000605
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000606 QualType Ty = V->getType();
607 if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000608 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000609
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000610 VariadicCallType CallType =
611 Proto && Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicBlock : VariadicDoesNotApply ;
612 unsigned NumProtoArgs = Proto ? Proto->getNumArgs() : 0;
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000613
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +0000614 checkCall(NDecl,
615 llvm::makeArrayRef<const Expr *>(TheCall->getArgs(),
616 TheCall->getNumArgs()),
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000617 NumProtoArgs, /*IsMemberFunction=*/false,
618 TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
619 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
620
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000621 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000622}
623
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000624ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
625 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000626 CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
627 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000628
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000629 // All these operations take one of the following forms:
630 enum {
631 // C __c11_atomic_init(A *, C)
632 Init,
633 // C __c11_atomic_load(A *, int)
634 Load,
635 // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int)
636 Copy,
637 // C __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int)
638 Arithmetic,
639 // C __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int)
640 Xchg,
641 // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int)
642 GNUXchg,
643 // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int)
644 C11CmpXchg,
645 // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int)
646 GNUCmpXchg
647 } Form = Init;
648 const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 };
649 const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 };
650 // where:
651 // C is an appropriate type,
652 // A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins,
653 // CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise,
654 // M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and
655 // the int parameters are for orderings.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000656
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000657 assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 &&
658 AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load
659 && "need to update code for modified C11 atomics");
660 bool IsC11 = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init &&
661 Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor;
662 bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n ||
663 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n ||
664 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n ||
665 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n;
666 bool IsAddSub = false;
667
668 switch (Op) {
669 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
670 Form = Init;
671 break;
672
673 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
674 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
675 Form = Load;
676 break;
677
678 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
679 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
680 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
681 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
682 Form = Copy;
683 break;
684
685 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add:
686 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub:
687 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add:
688 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub:
689 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch:
690 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch:
691 IsAddSub = true;
692 // Fall through.
693 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and:
694 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or:
695 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor:
696 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and:
697 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or:
698 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor:
Richard Smith51b92402012-04-13 06:31:38 +0000699 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand:
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000700 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch:
701 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch:
702 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch:
Richard Smith51b92402012-04-13 06:31:38 +0000703 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch:
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000704 Form = Arithmetic;
705 break;
706
707 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange:
708 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n:
709 Form = Xchg;
710 break;
711
712 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange:
713 Form = GNUXchg;
714 break;
715
716 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
717 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
718 Form = C11CmpXchg;
719 break;
720
721 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange:
722 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n:
723 Form = GNUCmpXchg;
724 break;
725 }
726
727 // Check we have the right number of arguments.
728 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs[Form]) {
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000729 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000730 << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000731 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
732 return ExprError();
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000733 } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs[Form]) {
734 Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs[Form])->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000735 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000736 << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000737 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
738 return ExprError();
739 }
740
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000741 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation.
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000742 Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0);
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000743 Ptr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr).get();
744 const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
745 if (!pointerType) {
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000746 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000747 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
748 return ExprError();
749 }
750
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000751 // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type.
752 QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A'
753 QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C'
754 if (IsC11) {
755 if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
756 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
757 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
758 return ExprError();
759 }
Richard Smithbc57b102012-09-15 06:09:58 +0000760 if (AtomTy.isConstQualified()) {
761 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic)
762 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
763 return ExprError();
764 }
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000765 ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000766 }
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000767
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000768 // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed.
769 if (Form == Arithmetic) {
770 // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity.
771 if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
772 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
773 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
774 return ExprError();
775 }
776 if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) {
777 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int)
778 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
779 return ExprError();
780 }
781 } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
782 // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or
783 // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000784 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000785 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
786 return ExprError();
787 }
788
789 if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context)) {
790 // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of
791 // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity.
792 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000793 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
794 return ExprError();
795 }
796
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000797 // FIXME: For any builtin other than a load, the ValType must not be
798 // const-qualified.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000799
800 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
801 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
802 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
803 // okay
804 break;
805
806 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
807 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
808 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000809 // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known
810 // to be trivially copyable.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000811 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
812 << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
813 return ExprError();
814 }
815
816 QualType ResultType = ValType;
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000817 if (Form == Copy || Form == GNUXchg || Form == Init)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000818 ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000819 else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000820 ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
821
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000822 // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such
823 // arguments are actually passed as pointers.
824 QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP'
825 if (!IsC11 && !IsN)
826 ByValType = Ptr->getType();
827
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000828 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
829 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk
830 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000831 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs[Form]; ++i) {
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000832 QualType Ty;
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000833 if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) {
834 switch (i) {
835 case 1:
836 // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this
837 // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always
838 // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses
839 // by-value.
840 assert(Form != Load);
841 if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType()))
842 Ty = ValType;
843 else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg)
844 Ty = ByValType;
845 else if (Form == Arithmetic)
846 Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
847 else
848 Ty = Context.getPointerType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType());
849 break;
850 case 2:
851 // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a
852 // (pointer to a) desired value.
853 Ty = ByValType;
854 break;
855 case 3:
856 // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag.
857 Ty = Context.BoolTy;
858 break;
859 }
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000860 } else {
861 // The order(s) are always converted to int.
862 Ty = Context.IntTy;
863 }
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000864
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000865 InitializedEntity Entity =
866 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000867 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000868 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
869 if (Arg.isInvalid())
870 return true;
871 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
872 }
873
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000874 // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order.
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000875 SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
876 SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000877 switch (Form) {
878 case Init:
879 // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic.
David Chisnall7a7ee302012-01-16 17:27:18 +0000880 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000881 break;
882 case Load:
883 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order
884 break;
885 case Copy:
886 case Arithmetic:
887 case Xchg:
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000888 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order
889 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000890 break;
891 case GNUXchg:
892 // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic.
893 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
894 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
895 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
896 break;
897 case C11CmpXchg:
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000898 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
899 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000900 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail
David Chisnall2ebb98a2012-03-29 17:58:59 +0000901 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000902 break;
903 case GNUCmpXchg:
904 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order
905 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
906 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail
907 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
908 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak
909 break;
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000910 }
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000911
912 return Owned(new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
Benjamin Kramer3b6bef92012-08-24 11:54:20 +0000913 SubExprs, ResultType, Op,
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000914 TheCall->getRParenLoc()));
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000915}
916
917
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +0000918/// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
919/// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
920/// place. This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
921/// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
922/// them.
923///
924/// Returns true on error.
925static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
926 FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
927 assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
928
929 ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
930 InitializedEntity Entity =
931 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
932
933 ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0);
934 Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
935 if (Arg.isInvalid())
936 return true;
937
938 E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.take());
939 return false;
940}
941
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000942/// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like
943/// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer
944/// type of its first argument. The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already
945/// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as
946/// void(...).
947///
948/// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
949/// builtins,
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000950ExprResult
951Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000952 CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000953 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
954 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
955
956 // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000957 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
958 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
959 << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
960 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
961 return ExprError();
962 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000963
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000964 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin. This should always be
965 // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
966 // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
967 // casts here.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000968 // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000969 Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
Eli Friedman8c382062012-01-23 02:35:22 +0000970 ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
971 if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
972 return ExprError();
973 FirstArg = FirstArgResult.take();
974 TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
975
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000976 const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
977 if (!pointerType) {
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000978 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
979 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
980 return ExprError();
981 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000982
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000983 QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerdd5fa7a2010-09-17 21:12:38 +0000984 if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000985 !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
986 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
987 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
988 return ExprError();
989 }
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000990
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000991 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
992 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
993 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
994 // okay
995 break;
996
997 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
998 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
999 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8b03132011-06-24 00:08:59 +00001000 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00001001 << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
1002 return ExprError();
1003 }
1004
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +00001005 // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
1006 ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
1007
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001008 // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
1009 // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
1010 QualType ResultType = ValType;
1011
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001012 // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto. For example,
1013 // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
1014 // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
1015#define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
1016 { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
1017 Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001018
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001019 static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
1020 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
1021 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
1022 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
1023 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
1024 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001025
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001026 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
1027 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
1028 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
1029 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
1030 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001031
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001032 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
1033 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
1034 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
Chris Lattner23aa9c82011-04-09 03:57:26 +00001035 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
1036 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001037 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001038#undef BUILTIN_ROW
1039
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001040 // Determine the index of the size.
1041 unsigned SizeIndex;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00001042 switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001043 case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
1044 case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
1045 case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
1046 case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
1047 case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
1048 default:
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001049 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
1050 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
1051 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001052 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001053
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001054 // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
1055 // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
1056 // that we ignore. Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
1057 // as the number of fixed args.
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00001058 unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001059 unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
1060 switch (BuiltinID) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001061 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001062 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
1063 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
1064 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
1065 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
1066 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
1067 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
1068 BuiltinIndex = 0;
1069 break;
1070
1071 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
1072 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
1073 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
1074 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
1075 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
1076 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
1077 BuiltinIndex = 1;
1078 break;
1079
1080 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
1081 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
1082 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
1083 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
1084 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
1085 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
1086 BuiltinIndex = 2;
1087 break;
1088
1089 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
1090 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
1091 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
1092 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
1093 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
1094 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
1095 BuiltinIndex = 3;
1096 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001097
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001098 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
1099 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
1100 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
1101 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
1102 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
1103 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
1104 BuiltinIndex = 4;
1105 break;
1106
1107 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
1108 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
1109 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
1110 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
1111 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
1112 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
1113 BuiltinIndex = 5;
1114 break;
1115
1116 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
1117 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
1118 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
1119 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
1120 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
1121 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
1122 BuiltinIndex = 6;
1123 break;
1124
1125 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
1126 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
1127 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
1128 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
1129 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
1130 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
1131 BuiltinIndex = 7;
1132 break;
1133
1134 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
1135 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
1136 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
1137 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
1138 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
1139 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
1140 BuiltinIndex = 8;
1141 break;
1142
1143 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
1144 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
1145 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
1146 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
1147 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
1148 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
1149 BuiltinIndex = 9;
1150 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001151
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001152 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001153 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
1154 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
1155 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
1156 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
1157 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +00001158 BuiltinIndex = 10;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001159 NumFixed = 2;
1160 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001161
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001162 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001163 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
1164 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
1165 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
1166 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
1167 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +00001168 BuiltinIndex = 11;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001169 NumFixed = 2;
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001170 ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001171 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001172
1173 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
1174 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
1175 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
1176 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
1177 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
1178 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
1179 BuiltinIndex = 12;
1180 break;
1181
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001182 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001183 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
1184 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
1185 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
1186 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
1187 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +00001188 BuiltinIndex = 13;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001189 NumFixed = 0;
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001190 ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001191 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001192
1193 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
1194 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
1195 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
1196 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
1197 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
1198 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
1199 BuiltinIndex = 14;
1200 break;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001201 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001202
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001203 // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
1204 // have at least that many.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001205 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
1206 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
1207 << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs()
1208 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
1209 return ExprError();
1210 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001211
Chris Lattnere7ac0a92009-05-08 15:36:58 +00001212 // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
1213 // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
1214 unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
1215 const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(NewBuiltinID);
Abramo Bagnara2ad11cd2012-09-22 09:05:22 +00001216 FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl;
1217 if (NewBuiltinID == BuiltinID)
1218 NewBuiltinDecl = FDecl;
1219 else {
1220 // Perform builtin lookup to avoid redeclaring it.
1221 DeclarationName DN(&Context.Idents.get(NewBuiltinName));
1222 LookupResult Res(*this, DN, DRE->getLocStart(), LookupOrdinaryName);
1223 LookupName(Res, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true);
1224 assert(Res.getFoundDecl());
1225 NewBuiltinDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Res.getFoundDecl());
1226 if (NewBuiltinDecl == 0)
1227 return ExprError();
1228 }
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001229
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00001230 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
1231 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk
1232 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001233 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001234 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001235
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001236 // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType. This
1237 // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +00001238 // Initialize the argument.
1239 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
1240 ValType, /*consume*/ false);
1241 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001242 if (Arg.isInvalid())
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001243 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001244
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001245 // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type. Check
1246 // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here. This can
1247 // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
1248 // pass in 42. The 42 gets converted to char. This is even more strange
1249 // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001250 // FIXME: Do this check.
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +00001251 TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.take());
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001252 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001253
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001254 ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext();
1255
1256 // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
1257 DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
1258 Context,
1259 DRE->getQualifierLoc(),
Abramo Bagnarae4b92762012-01-27 09:46:47 +00001260 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001261 NewBuiltinDecl,
John McCallf4b88a42012-03-10 09:33:50 +00001262 /*enclosing*/ false,
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001263 DRE->getLocation(),
Eli Friedmana6c66ce2012-08-31 00:14:07 +00001264 Context.BuiltinFnTy,
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001265 DRE->getValueKind());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001266
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001267 // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
Eli Friedmana6c66ce2012-08-31 00:14:07 +00001268 // FIXME: This loses syntactic information.
1269 QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType());
1270 ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy,
1271 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001272 TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.take());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001273
Chandler Carruthdb4325b2010-07-18 07:23:17 +00001274 // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
1275 // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
1276 // gracefully.
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001277 TheCall->setType(ResultType);
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001278
Benjamin Kramer3fe198b2012-08-23 21:35:17 +00001279 return TheCallResult;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001280}
1281
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +00001282/// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001283/// CFString constructor is correct
Steve Narofffd942622009-04-13 20:26:29 +00001284/// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would
1285/// simplify the backend).
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +00001286bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) {
Chris Lattner56f34942008-02-13 01:02:39 +00001287 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001288 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
1289
Douglas Gregor5cee1192011-07-27 05:40:30 +00001290 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001291 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
1292 << Arg->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson9cdc4d32007-08-17 15:44:17 +00001293 return true;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001294 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001295
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001296 if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001297 StringRef String = Literal->getString();
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001298 unsigned NumBytes = String.size();
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001299 SmallVector<UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes);
Roman Divacky31ba6132012-09-06 15:59:27 +00001300 const UTF8 *FromPtr = (const UTF8 *)String.data();
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001301 UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0];
1302
1303 ConversionResult Result = ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes,
1304 &ToPtr, ToPtr + NumBytes,
1305 strictConversion);
1306 // Check for conversion failure.
1307 if (Result != conversionOK)
1308 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
1309 diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange();
1310 }
Anders Carlsson9cdc4d32007-08-17 15:44:17 +00001311 return false;
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001312}
1313
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001314/// SemaBuiltinVAStart - Check the arguments to __builtin_va_start for validity.
1315/// Emit an error and return true on failure, return false on success.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001316bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1317 Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
1318 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) {
Chris Lattner2c21a072008-11-21 18:44:24 +00001319 Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001320 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001321 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
1322 << Fn->getSourceRange()
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001323 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001324 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001325 return true;
1326 }
Eli Friedman56f20ae2008-12-15 22:05:35 +00001327
1328 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) {
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001329 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
1330 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
1331 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs();
Eli Friedman56f20ae2008-12-15 22:05:35 +00001332 }
1333
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +00001334 // Type-check the first argument normally.
1335 if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
1336 return true;
1337
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001338 // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001339 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001340 bool isVariadic;
Steve Naroffcd9c5142009-04-15 19:33:47 +00001341 if (CurBlock)
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00001342 isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
Ted Kremenek9498d382010-04-29 16:49:01 +00001343 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1344 isVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
1345 else
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +00001346 isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001347
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001348 if (!isVariadic) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001349 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
1350 return true;
1351 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001352
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001353 // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
1354 // current function or method.
1355 bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
Anders Carlssone2c14102008-02-13 01:22:59 +00001356 const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001357
Anders Carlsson88cf2262008-02-11 04:20:54 +00001358 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
1359 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001360 // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
1361 // Get the last formal in the current function.
Anders Carlsson88cf2262008-02-11 04:20:54 +00001362 const ParmVarDecl *LastArg;
Steve Naroffcd9c5142009-04-15 19:33:47 +00001363 if (CurBlock)
1364 LastArg = *(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end()-1);
1365 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001366 LastArg = *(FD->param_end()-1);
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001367 else
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +00001368 LastArg = *(getCurMethodDecl()->param_end()-1);
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001369 SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg;
1370 }
1371 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001372
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001373 if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001374 Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001375 diag::warn_second_parameter_of_va_start_not_last_named_argument);
1376 return false;
Eli Friedman6cfda232008-05-20 08:23:37 +00001377}
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001378
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001379/// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
1380/// friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001381bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1382 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
Chris Lattner2c21a072008-11-21 18:44:24 +00001383 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001384 << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001385 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001386 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001387 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001388 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001389 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
1390 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001391
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001392 ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
1393 ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001394
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001395 // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
1396 // type.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001397 QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001398 if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
1399 return true;
Daniel Dunbar403bc2b2009-02-19 19:28:43 +00001400
1401 // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
1402 // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
1403 // foo(...)".
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001404 TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
1405 TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001406
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001407 if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001408 return false;
1409
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001410 // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
1411 // invalid for this operation.
Eli Friedman860a3192012-06-16 02:19:17 +00001412 if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001413 return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001414 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001415 << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
1416 << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001417
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001418 return false;
1419}
1420
Benjamin Kramere771a7a2010-02-15 22:42:31 +00001421/// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
1422/// __builtin_isnan and friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001423/// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point
1424/// value.
1425bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) {
1426 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs)
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001427 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001428 << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001429 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs)
1430 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001431 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001432 << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001433 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001434 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
1435
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001436 Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001437
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001438 if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
1439 return false;
1440
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001441 // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001442 if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001443 return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001444 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
1445 << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001446
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001447 // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it.
1448 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) {
1449 Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr();
1450 if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
1451 assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) &&
1452 "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here");
1453 Cast->setSubExpr(0);
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001454 TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg);
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001455 }
1456 }
1457
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001458 return false;
1459}
1460
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001461/// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
1462// This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001463ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001464 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001465 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001466 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001467 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001468 << TheCall->getSourceRange());
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001469
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001470 // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
1471 // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
1472 // 2) binary, vector mask: (lhs, rhs, mask)
1473 // 3) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
1474 QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
1475 unsigned numElements = 0;
1476
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001477 if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
1478 !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001479 QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
1480 QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
1481
1482 if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001483 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001484 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001485 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1486 return ExprError();
1487 }
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001488
1489 numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
1490 unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001491
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001492 // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
1493 // with mask. If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
1494 // same number of elts as lhs.
1495 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00001496 if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001497 RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
1498 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
1499 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
1500 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1501 numResElements = numElements;
1502 }
1503 else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001504 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001505 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001506 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1507 return ExprError();
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001508 } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
1509 QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001510 resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001511 VectorType::GenericVector);
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001512 }
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001513 }
1514
1515 for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001516 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
1517 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
1518 continue;
1519
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001520 llvm::APSInt Result(32);
1521 if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
1522 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
1523 diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
1524 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001525
Chris Lattnerd1a0b6d2008-08-10 02:05:13 +00001526 if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001527 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001528 diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001529 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001530 }
1531
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001532 SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001533
Chris Lattnerd1a0b6d2008-08-10 02:05:13 +00001534 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001535 exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
1536 TheCall->setArg(i, 0);
1537 }
1538
Benjamin Kramer3b6bef92012-08-24 11:54:20 +00001539 return Owned(new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType,
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00001540 TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
1541 TheCall->getRParenLoc()));
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001542}
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001543
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001544/// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
1545// This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
1546// optional constant int args.
1547bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001548 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001549
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001550 if (NumArgs > 3)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001551 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
1552 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
1553 << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
1554 << TheCall->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001555
1556 // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
1557 // constant integers.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001558 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001559 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
Douglas Gregor592a4232012-06-29 01:05:22 +00001560
1561 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
1562 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
1563 continue;
1564
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001565 llvm::APSInt Result;
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001566 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
1567 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001568
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001569 // FIXME: gcc issues a warning and rewrites these to 0. These
1570 // seems especially odd for the third argument since the default
1571 // is 3.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001572 if (i == 1) {
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001573 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 1)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001574 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001575 << "0" << "1" << Arg->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001576 } else {
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001577 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 3)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001578 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001579 << "0" << "3" << Arg->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001580 }
1581 }
1582
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001583 return false;
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001584}
1585
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001586/// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
1587/// TheCall is a constant expression.
1588bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
1589 llvm::APSInt &Result) {
1590 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
1591 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1592 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
1593
1594 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
1595
1596 if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
1597 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
Eric Christopher5e896552010-04-19 18:23:02 +00001598 << FDecl->getDeclName() << Arg->getSourceRange();
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001599
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001600 return false;
1601}
1602
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001603/// SemaBuiltinObjectSize - Handle __builtin_object_size(void *ptr,
1604/// int type). This simply type checks that type is one of the defined
1605/// constants (0-3).
Chris Lattnerfc8f0e12011-04-15 05:22:18 +00001606// For compatibility check 0-3, llvm only handles 0 and 2.
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001607bool Sema::SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001608 llvm::APSInt Result;
Douglas Gregor592a4232012-06-29 01:05:22 +00001609
1610 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
1611 if (TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent() ||
1612 TheCall->getArg(1)->isValueDependent())
1613 return false;
1614
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001615 // Check constant-ness first.
1616 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
1617 return true;
1618
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001619 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001620 if (Result.getSExtValue() < 0 || Result.getSExtValue() > 3) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001621 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
1622 << "0" << "3" << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001623 }
1624
1625 return false;
1626}
1627
Eli Friedman586d6a82009-05-03 06:04:26 +00001628/// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +00001629/// This checks that val is a constant 1.
1630bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1631 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001632 llvm::APSInt Result;
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001633
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001634 // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
1635 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
1636 return true;
1637
1638 if (Result != 1)
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +00001639 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
1640 << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
1641
1642 return false;
1643}
1644
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001645// Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string.
1646// If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a
1647// format string, we will usually need to emit a warning.
1648// True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString.
1649Sema::StringLiteralCheckType
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001650Sema::checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
1651 bool HasVAListArg,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001652 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001653 FormatStringType Type, VariadicCallType CallType,
1654 bool inFunctionCall) {
Ted Kremenek4fe64412010-09-09 03:51:39 +00001655 tryAgain:
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001656 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001657 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001658
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001659 E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00001660
David Blaikiea73cdcb2012-02-10 21:07:25 +00001661 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
1662 // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
1663 // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
1664 // dependent. Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
1665 // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001666 return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
David Blaikiea73cdcb2012-02-10 21:07:25 +00001667
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001668 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001669 case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001670 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001671 // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was
1672 // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked.
1673 const AbstractConditionalOperator *C =
1674 cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
1675 StringLiteralCheckType Left =
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001676 checkFormatStringExpr(C->getTrueExpr(), Args,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001677 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001678 Type, CallType, inFunctionCall);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001679 if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral)
1680 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
1681 StringLiteralCheckType Right =
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001682 checkFormatStringExpr(C->getFalseExpr(), Args,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001683 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001684 Type, CallType, inFunctionCall);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001685 return Left < Right ? Left : Right;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001686 }
1687
1688 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
Ted Kremenek4fe64412010-09-09 03:51:39 +00001689 E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
1690 goto tryAgain;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001691 }
1692
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001693 case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
1694 if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
1695 E = src;
1696 goto tryAgain;
1697 }
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001698 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001699
Ted Kremenekb43e8ad2011-02-24 23:03:04 +00001700 case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
1701 // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
1702 // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
1703 // liability.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001704 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
Ted Kremenekb43e8ad2011-02-24 23:03:04 +00001705
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001706 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
1707 const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001708
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001709 // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
1710 // const string literals.
1711 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
1712 bool isConstant = false;
1713 QualType T = DR->getType();
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001714
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001715 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
1716 isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001717 } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001718 isConstant = T.isConstant(Context) &&
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001719 PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(Context);
Jean-Daniel Dupase98e5b52012-01-25 10:35:33 +00001720 } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1721 // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
1722 // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
1723 isConstant = T.isConstant(Context);
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001724 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001725
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001726 if (isConstant) {
Matt Beaumont-Gaye2c60662012-05-11 22:10:59 +00001727 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) {
1728 // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" }
1729 if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
1730 if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit())
1731 Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
1732 }
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001733 return checkFormatStringExpr(Init, Args,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001734 HasVAListArg, format_idx,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001735 firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001736 /*inFunctionCall*/false);
Matt Beaumont-Gaye2c60662012-05-11 22:10:59 +00001737 }
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001738 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001739
Anders Carlssond966a552009-06-28 19:55:58 +00001740 // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a
1741 // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter
1742 // of the function calling the printf function. If the function
1743 // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we
1744 // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call
1745 // to a vprintf function. For example:
1746 //
1747 // void
1748 // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){
1749 // va_list ap;
1750 // va_start(ap, fmt);
1751 // vprintf(fmt, ap); // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt".
1752 // ...
1753 //
Jean-Daniel Dupasf57c4132012-02-21 20:00:53 +00001754 if (HasVAListArg) {
1755 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
1756 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
1757 int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1;
1758 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
1759 i = ND->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
1760 e = ND->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); i != e ; ++i) {
1761 FormatAttr *PVFormat = *i;
1762 // adjust for implicit parameter
1763 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
1764 if (MD->isInstance())
1765 ++PVIndex;
1766 // We also check if the formats are compatible.
1767 // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function.
1768 if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() &&
1769 Type == GetFormatStringType(PVFormat))
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001770 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
Jean-Daniel Dupasf57c4132012-02-21 20:00:53 +00001771 }
1772 }
1773 }
1774 }
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001775 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001776
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001777 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001778 }
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001779
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001780 case Stmt::CallExprClass:
1781 case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001782 const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001783 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
1784 if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
1785 unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
1786 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
1787 if (MD->isInstance())
1788 --ArgIndex;
1789 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001790
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001791 return checkFormatStringExpr(Arg, Args,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001792 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001793 Type, CallType, inFunctionCall);
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001794 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
1795 unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID();
1796 if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
1797 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) {
1798 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0);
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001799 return checkFormatStringExpr(Arg, Args,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001800 HasVAListArg, format_idx,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001801 firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
1802 inFunctionCall);
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001803 }
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001804 }
1805 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001806
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001807 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001808 }
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001809 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
1810 case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
1811 const StringLiteral *StrE = NULL;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001812
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001813 if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001814 StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
1815 else
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001816 StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001817
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001818 if (StrE) {
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001819 CheckFormatString(StrE, E, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001820 firstDataArg, Type, inFunctionCall, CallType);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001821 return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001822 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001823
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001824 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001825 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001826
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001827 default:
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001828 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001829 }
1830}
1831
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001832void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001833Sema::CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001834 const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
1835 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
Sean Huntcf807c42010-08-18 23:23:40 +00001836 for (NonNullAttr::args_iterator i = NonNull->args_begin(),
1837 e = NonNull->args_end();
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001838 i != e; ++i) {
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001839 const Expr *ArgExpr = ExprArgs[*i];
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001840 if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001841 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001842 Diag(CallSiteLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001843 }
1844}
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001845
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001846Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
1847 return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType())
1848 .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
1849 .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf)
1850 .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
1851 .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
1852 .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
1853 .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
1854 .Default(FST_Unknown);
1855}
1856
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001857/// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001858/// functions) for correct use of format strings.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001859/// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked.
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001860bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
1861 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
1862 bool IsCXXMember,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001863 VariadicCallType CallType,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001864 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range) {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001865 FormatStringInfo FSI;
1866 if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI))
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001867 return CheckFormatArguments(Args, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001868 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format),
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001869 CallType, Loc, Range);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001870 return false;
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001871}
Sebastian Redl4a2614e2009-11-17 18:02:24 +00001872
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001873bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001874 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
1875 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001876 VariadicCallType CallType,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001877 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001878 // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001879 if (format_idx >= Args.size()) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001880 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001881 return false;
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001882 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001883
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001884 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001885
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001886 // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001887 //
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001888 // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
1889 // automatically vet at compile time. Requiring that format strings
1890 // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
1891 // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
1892 // many format string exploits.
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001893
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001894 // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001895 // C string (e.g. "%d")
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001896 // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001897 // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001898 StringLiteralCheckType CT =
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001899 checkFormatStringExpr(OrigFormatExpr, Args, HasVAListArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001900 format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001901 if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral)
1902 // Literal format string found, check done!
1903 return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001904
Jean-Daniel Dupas2837a2f2012-02-07 23:10:53 +00001905 // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument,
1906 // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string.
1907 if (Type == FST_Strftime)
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001908 return false;
Jean-Daniel Dupas2837a2f2012-02-07 23:10:53 +00001909
Jean-Daniel Dupasce3aa392012-01-30 19:46:17 +00001910 // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
1911 // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
1912 // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
1913 // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
Jean-Daniel Dupasdc170202012-05-04 21:08:08 +00001914 if (Type == FST_NSString &&
1915 SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart()))
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001916 return false;
Jean-Daniel Dupasce3aa392012-01-30 19:46:17 +00001917
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001918 // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
1919 // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001920 if (Args.size() == format_idx+1)
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001921 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(),
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001922 diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001923 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
1924 else
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001925 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(),
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001926 diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001927 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001928 return false;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001929}
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001930
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001931namespace {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001932class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
1933protected:
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001934 Sema &S;
1935 const StringLiteral *FExpr;
1936 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
Ted Kremenek6ee76532010-03-25 03:59:12 +00001937 const unsigned FirstDataArg;
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001938 const unsigned NumDataArgs;
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001939 const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001940 const bool HasVAListArg;
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001941 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args;
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001942 unsigned FormatIdx;
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001943 llvm::BitVector CoveredArgs;
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001944 bool usesPositionalArgs;
1945 bool atFirstArg;
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001946 bool inFunctionCall;
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001947 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001948public:
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001949 CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
Ted Kremenek6ee76532010-03-25 03:59:12 +00001950 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001951 unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001952 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001953 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
1954 Sema::VariadicCallType callType)
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001955 : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr),
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001956 FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs),
1957 Beg(beg), HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg),
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00001958 Args(Args), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001959 usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true),
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001960 inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType) {
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001961 CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
1962 CoveredArgs.reset();
1963 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001964
Ted Kremenek07d161f2010-01-29 01:50:07 +00001965 void DoneProcessing();
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001966
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001967 void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
1968 unsigned specifierLen);
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00001969
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00001970 void HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
1971 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
1972 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00001973 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID);
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00001974
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00001975 void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00001976 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00001977 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1978
1979 void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
1980 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1981 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1982
Hans Wennborgf8562642012-03-09 10:10:54 +00001983 virtual void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen);
1984
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001985 virtual void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
1986 unsigned specifierLen,
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001987 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p);
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001988
1989 virtual void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen);
1990
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001991 void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter);
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001992
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001993 template <typename Range>
1994 static void EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall,
1995 const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
1996 PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
1997 SourceLocation StringLoc,
1998 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00001999 ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = ArrayRef<FixItHint>());
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002000
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002001protected:
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002002 bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
2003 const char *startSpec,
2004 unsigned specifierLen,
2005 const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002006
2007 void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
2008 const char *startSpec,
2009 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002010
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002011 SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002012 CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
2013 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002014 SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002015
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002016 const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002017
2018 bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
2019 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2020 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
2021 unsigned argIndex);
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002022
2023 template <typename Range>
2024 void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
2025 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002026 ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = ArrayRef<FixItHint>());
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002027
2028 void CheckPositionalAndNonpositionalArgs(
2029 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier *FS);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002030};
2031}
2032
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002033SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002034 return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
2035}
2036
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002037CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
2038getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002039 SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
2040 SourceLocation End = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
2041
2042 // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa64ccef2011-09-19 20:40:19 +00002043 End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002044
2045 return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002046}
2047
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002048SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002049 return S.getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(FExpr, x - Beg);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002050}
2051
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002052void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
2053 unsigned specifierLen){
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002054 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
2055 getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
2056 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2057 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek808015a2010-01-29 03:16:21 +00002058}
2059
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002060void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
2061 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
2062 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002063 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID) {
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002064 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2065
2066 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
2067 CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
2068
2069 // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
2070 llvm::Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
2071 if (FixedLM) {
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002072 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002073 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2074 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2075 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2076
2077 S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
2078 << FixedLM->toString()
2079 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
2080
2081 } else {
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002082 FixItHint Hint;
2083 if (DiagID == diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
2084 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LMRange);
2085
2086 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002087 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2088 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2089 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002090 Hint);
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002091 }
2092}
2093
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002094void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002095 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002096 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002097 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2098
2099 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
2100 CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
2101
2102 // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
2103 llvm::Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
2104 if (FixedLM) {
2105 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
2106 << LM.toString() << 0,
2107 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2108 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2109 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2110
2111 S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
2112 << FixedLM->toString()
2113 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
2114
2115 } else {
2116 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
2117 << LM.toString() << 0,
2118 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2119 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2120 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2121 }
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002122}
2123
2124void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
2125 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2126 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
Jordan Rose670941c2012-09-13 02:11:15 +00002127 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2128
2129 // See if we know how to fix this conversion specifier.
2130 llvm::Optional<ConversionSpecifier> FixedCS = CS.getStandardSpecifier();
2131 if (FixedCS) {
2132 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
2133 << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
2134 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2135 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2136 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2137
2138 CharSourceRange CSRange = getSpecifierRange(CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
2139 S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
2140 << FixedCS->toString()
2141 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CSRange, FixedCS->toString());
2142 } else {
2143 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
2144 << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
2145 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2146 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2147 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2148 }
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002149}
2150
Hans Wennborgf8562642012-03-09 10:10:54 +00002151void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos,
2152 unsigned posLen) {
2153 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg),
2154 getLocationOfByte(startPos),
2155 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2156 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
2157}
2158
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002159void
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002160CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
2161 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002162 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier)
2163 << (unsigned) p,
2164 getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2165 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002166}
2167
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002168void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002169 unsigned posLen) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002170 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
2171 getLocationOfByte(startPos),
2172 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2173 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002174}
2175
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002176void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002177 if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) {
Ted Kremenek0c069442011-03-15 21:18:48 +00002178 // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002179 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2180 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
2181 getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2182 getFormatStringRange());
Ted Kremenek0c069442011-03-15 21:18:48 +00002183 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002184}
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002185
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002186// Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building
2187// one of the argument expressions.
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002188const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002189 return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002190}
2191
2192void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
2193 // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
2194 // format conversions in the format string?
2195 if (!HasVAListArg) {
2196 // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
2197 CoveredArgs.flip();
2198 signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
2199 if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
2200 assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002201 if (const Expr *E = getDataArg((unsigned) notCoveredArg)) {
2202 SourceLocation Loc = E->getLocStart();
2203 if (!S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc)) {
2204 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used),
2205 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false,
2206 getFormatStringRange());
2207 }
Bob Wilsonc03f2df2012-05-03 19:47:19 +00002208 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002209 }
2210 }
2211}
2212
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002213bool
2214CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
2215 SourceLocation Loc,
2216 const char *startSpec,
2217 unsigned specifierLen,
2218 const char *csStart,
2219 unsigned csLen) {
2220
2221 bool keepGoing = true;
2222 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2223 // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
2224 // make sense.
2225 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2226 }
2227 else {
2228 // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
2229 // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
2230 // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
2231 // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
2232 // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
2233 keepGoing = false;
2234 }
2235
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002236 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion)
2237 << StringRef(csStart, csLen),
2238 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2239 getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002240
2241 return keepGoing;
2242}
2243
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002244void
2245CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
2246 const char *startSpec,
2247 unsigned specifierLen) {
2248 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2249 S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
2250 Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
2251}
2252
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002253bool
2254CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
2255 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
2256 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2257 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
2258
2259 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002260 PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
2261 ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
2262 << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
2263 : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
2264 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2265 PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2266 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002267 return false;
2268 }
2269 return true;
2270}
2271
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002272template<typename Range>
2273void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
2274 SourceLocation Loc,
2275 bool IsStringLocation,
2276 Range StringRange,
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002277 ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002278 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002279 Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
2280}
2281
2282/// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note
2283/// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
2284///
Dmitri Gribenko70517ca2012-08-23 17:58:28 +00002285/// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002286/// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced. Otherwise, an
2287/// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
2288///
2289/// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
2290/// argument in the function call. Used for getting locations when two
2291/// diagnostics are emitted.
2292///
2293/// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
2294/// diagnostic message. This function only adds locations and fixits
2295/// to diagnostics.
2296///
2297/// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic. If two diagnostics are
2298/// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
2299/// the other one.
2300///
2301/// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
2302/// used for the note. Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
2303/// be used with PDiag.
2304///
2305/// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight. This is
2306/// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
2307///
Dmitri Gribenko70517ca2012-08-23 17:58:28 +00002308/// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002309template<typename Range>
2310void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall,
2311 const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
2312 PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
2313 SourceLocation Loc,
2314 bool IsStringLocation,
2315 Range StringRange,
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002316 ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
2317 if (InFunctionCall) {
2318 const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag);
2319 D << StringRange;
2320 for (ArrayRef<FixItHint>::iterator I = FixIt.begin(), E = FixIt.end();
2321 I != E; ++I) {
2322 D << *I;
2323 }
2324 } else {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002325 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
2326 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002327
2328 const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note =
2329 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
2330 diag::note_format_string_defined);
2331
2332 Note << StringRange;
2333 for (ArrayRef<FixItHint>::iterator I = FixIt.begin(), E = FixIt.end();
2334 I != E; ++I) {
2335 Note << *I;
2336 }
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002337 }
2338}
2339
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002340//===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===//
2341
2342namespace {
2343class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002344 bool ObjCContext;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002345public:
2346 CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
2347 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002348 unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC,
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002349 const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00002350 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002351 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
2352 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType)
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002353 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00002354 numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002355 formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType), ObjCContext(isObjC)
2356 {}
2357
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002358
2359 bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
2360 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2361 const char *startSpecifier,
2362 unsigned specifierLen);
2363
2364 bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2365 const char *startSpecifier,
2366 unsigned specifierLen);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002367 bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2368 const char *StartSpecifier,
2369 unsigned SpecifierLen,
2370 const Expr *E);
2371
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002372 bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
2373 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2374 void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2375 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2376 unsigned type,
2377 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2378 void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2379 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2380 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2381 void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2382 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
2383 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2384 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002385 bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002386 const Expr *E, const CharSourceRange &CSR);
2387
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002388};
2389}
2390
2391bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
2392 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2393 const char *startSpecifier,
2394 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002395 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002396 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002397
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002398 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
2399 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2400 startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2401 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
Ted Kremenek26ac2e02010-01-29 02:40:24 +00002402}
2403
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002404bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
2405 const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2406 unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier,
2407 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002408
2409 if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002410 if (!HasVAListArg) {
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002411 unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
2412 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002413 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
2414 << k,
2415 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2416 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2417 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002418 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit
2419 // spurious errors.
2420 return false;
2421 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002422
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002423 // Type check the data argument. It should be an 'int'.
Ted Kremenek31f8e322010-01-29 23:32:22 +00002424 // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
2425 // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case. GCC also
2426 // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002427 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2428 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002429 if (!Arg)
2430 return false;
2431
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002432 QualType T = Arg->getType();
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002433
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002434 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
2435 assert(AT.isValid());
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002436
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002437 if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002438 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002439 << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002440 << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
2441 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2442 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2443 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002444 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit
2445 // spurious errors.
2446 return false;
2447 }
2448 }
2449 }
2450 return true;
2451}
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002452
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002453void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002454 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002455 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2456 unsigned type,
2457 const char *startSpecifier,
2458 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002459 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
2460 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002461
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002462 FixItHint fixit =
2463 Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
2464 ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
2465 Amt.getConstantLength()))
2466 : FixItHint();
2467
2468 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
2469 << type << CS.toString(),
2470 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2471 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2472 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2473 fixit);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002474}
2475
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002476void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002477 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2478 const char *startSpecifier,
2479 unsigned specifierLen) {
2480 // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002481 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
2482 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002483 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
2484 << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
2485 getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
2486 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2487 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2488 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2489 getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002490}
2491
2492void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002493 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002494 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
2495 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2496 const char *startSpecifier,
2497 unsigned specifierLen) {
2498 // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002499 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
2500 << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
2501 getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
2502 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2503 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2504 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2505 getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002506}
2507
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002508// Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing
2509// a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named
2510// "c_str()").
2511template<typename MemberKind>
2512static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1>
2513CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) {
2514 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2515 llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results;
2516
2517 if (!RT)
2518 return Results;
2519 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2520 if (!RD)
2521 return Results;
2522
2523 LookupResult R(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Name), SourceLocation(),
2524 Sema::LookupMemberName);
2525
2526 // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the
2527 // filter, at this point.
2528 if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl()))
2529 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2530 NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2531 if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl))
2532 Results.insert(FK);
2533 }
2534 return Results;
2535}
2536
2537// Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002538// better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002539// Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found.
2540bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers(
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002541 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002542 const CharSourceRange &CSR) {
2543 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
2544
2545 MethodSet Results =
2546 CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType());
2547
2548 for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
2549 MI != ME; ++MI) {
2550 const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI;
2551 if (Method->getNumParams() == 0 &&
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002552 AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getResultType())) {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002553 // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them.
2554 SourceLocation EndLoc =
2555 S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
2556 S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str)
2557 << "c_str()"
2558 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()");
2559 return true;
2560 }
2561 }
2562
2563 return false;
2564}
2565
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002566bool
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002567CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier
Ted Kremenek5c41ee82010-02-11 09:27:41 +00002568 &FS,
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002569 const char *startSpecifier,
2570 unsigned specifierLen) {
2571
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002572 using namespace analyze_format_string;
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002573 using namespace analyze_printf;
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002574 const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002575
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002576 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2577 if (atFirstArg) {
2578 atFirstArg = false;
2579 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
2580 }
2581 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002582 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2583 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002584 return false;
2585 }
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002586 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002587
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002588 // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
2589 // have matching data arguments.
2590 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
2591 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
2592 return false;
2593 }
2594
2595 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
2596 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002597 return false;
2598 }
2599
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002600 if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2601 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
2602 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point.
Ted Kremenek0e5675d2010-02-10 02:16:30 +00002603 return true;
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002604 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002605
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002606 // Consume the argument.
2607 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
Ted Kremeneke3fc5472010-02-27 08:34:51 +00002608 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2609 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
2610 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
2611 // function if we encounter some other error.
2612 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2613 }
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002614
2615 // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
2616 // in a non-ObjC literal.
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002617 if (!ObjCContext && CS.isObjCArg()) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002618 return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
2619 specifierLen);
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002620 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002621
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002622 // Check for invalid use of field width
2623 if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002624 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002625 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2626 }
2627
2628 // Check for invalid use of precision
2629 if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
2630 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
2631 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2632 }
2633
2634 // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
Ted Kremenek65197b42011-01-08 05:28:46 +00002635 if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
2636 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002637 if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
2638 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2639 if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
2640 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002641 if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
2642 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002643 if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
2644 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2645 if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
2646 HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2647
2648 // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002649 if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
2650 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
2651 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002652 if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
2653 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
2654 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2655
2656 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002657 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002658 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2659 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002660 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002661 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002662 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002663 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2664 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002665
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002666 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
2667 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2668
Ted Kremenekda51f0d2010-01-29 01:43:31 +00002669 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
2670 if (HasVAListArg)
2671 return true;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002672
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002673 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
Ted Kremenekda51f0d2010-01-29 01:43:31 +00002674 return false;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002675
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002676 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
2677 if (!Arg)
2678 return true;
2679
2680 return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002681}
2682
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002683static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) {
2684 // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator
2685 // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here.
2686 // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't.
2687 const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
2688 if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside))
2689 Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts();
2690
2691 switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) {
2692 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass:
2693 case Stmt::CallExprClass:
Jordan Rose17ddc542012-12-05 18:44:44 +00002694 case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
2695 case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002696 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Jordan Rose17ddc542012-12-05 18:44:44 +00002697 case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
2698 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002699 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Jordan Rose17ddc542012-12-05 18:44:44 +00002700 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
2701 case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
2702 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
2703 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
2704 case Stmt::ObjCEncodeExprClass:
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002705 case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass:
2706 case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass:
2707 case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass:
Jordan Rose17ddc542012-12-05 18:44:44 +00002708 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
2709 case Stmt::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass:
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002710 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Jordan Rose17ddc542012-12-05 18:44:44 +00002711 case Stmt::StringLiteralClass:
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002712 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass:
2713 return false;
2714 default:
2715 return true;
2716 }
2717}
2718
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002719bool
2720CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2721 const char *StartSpecifier,
2722 unsigned SpecifierLen,
2723 const Expr *E) {
2724 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2725 using namespace analyze_printf;
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002726 // Now type check the data expression that matches the
2727 // format specifier.
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002728 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context,
2729 ObjCContext);
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002730 if (!AT.isValid())
2731 return true;
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002732
Jordan Rose448ac3e2012-12-05 18:44:40 +00002733 QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
2734 if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy))
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002735 return true;
Jordan Roseee0259d2012-06-04 22:48:57 +00002736
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002737 // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type.
2738 // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array
2739 // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a
2740 // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'.
2741 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
2742 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
2743 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) {
2744 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
Jordan Rose448ac3e2012-12-05 18:44:40 +00002745 ExprTy = E->getType();
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002746
2747 // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
2748 // or 'short' to an 'int'. This is done because printf is a varargs
2749 // function.
2750 if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy ||
2751 ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) {
2752 // All further checking is done on the subexpression.
Jordan Rose448ac3e2012-12-05 18:44:40 +00002753 if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy))
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002754 return true;
Ted Kremenek4d8ae4d2010-10-21 04:00:58 +00002755 }
Jordan Roseee0259d2012-06-04 22:48:57 +00002756 }
Jordan Rose448ac3e2012-12-05 18:44:40 +00002757 } else if (const CharacterLiteral *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E)) {
2758 // Special case for 'a', which has type 'int' in C.
2759 // Note, however, that we do /not/ want to treat multibyte constants like
2760 // 'MooV' as characters! This form is deprecated but still exists.
2761 if (ExprTy == S.Context.IntTy)
2762 if (llvm::isUIntN(S.Context.getCharWidth(), CL->getValue()))
2763 ExprTy = S.Context.CharTy;
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002764 }
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002765
Jordan Rose2cd34402012-12-05 18:44:49 +00002766 // %C in an Objective-C context prints a unichar, not a wchar_t.
2767 // If the argument is an integer of some kind, believe the %C and suggest
2768 // a cast instead of changing the conversion specifier.
Jordan Rose448ac3e2012-12-05 18:44:40 +00002769 QualType IntendedTy = ExprTy;
Jordan Rose2cd34402012-12-05 18:44:49 +00002770 if (ObjCContext &&
2771 FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::CArg) {
2772 if (ExprTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
2773 !ExprTy->isCharType()) {
2774 // 'unichar' is defined as a typedef of unsigned short, but we should
2775 // prefer using the typedef if it is visible.
2776 IntendedTy = S.Context.UnsignedShortTy;
2777
2778 LookupResult Result(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("unichar"), E->getLocStart(),
2779 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
2780 if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) {
2781 NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
2782 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(ND))
2783 if (TD->getUnderlyingType() == IntendedTy)
2784 IntendedTy = S.Context.getTypedefType(TD);
2785 }
2786 }
2787 }
2788
2789 // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types by suggesting
2790 // casts to primitive types that are known to be large enough.
2791 bool ShouldNotPrintDirectly = false;
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002792 if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002793 if (const TypedefType *UserTy = IntendedTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
2794 StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName();
Jordan Rose2cd34402012-12-05 18:44:49 +00002795 QualType CastTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name)
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002796 .Case("NSInteger", S.Context.LongTy)
2797 .Case("NSUInteger", S.Context.UnsignedLongTy)
2798 .Case("SInt32", S.Context.IntTy)
2799 .Case("UInt32", S.Context.UnsignedIntTy)
Jordan Rose2cd34402012-12-05 18:44:49 +00002800 .Default(QualType());
2801
2802 if (!CastTy.isNull()) {
2803 ShouldNotPrintDirectly = true;
2804 IntendedTy = CastTy;
2805 }
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002806 }
2807 }
2808
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002809 // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
2810 PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002811 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(),
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002812 S.Context, ObjCContext);
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002813
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002814 if (success) {
2815 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
2816 SmallString<16> buf;
2817 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
2818 fixedFS.toString(os);
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002819
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002820 CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen);
2821
Jordan Rose2cd34402012-12-05 18:44:49 +00002822 if (IntendedTy == ExprTy) {
2823 // In this case, the specifier is wrong and should be changed to match
2824 // the argument.
2825 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2826 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
2827 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << IntendedTy
2828 << E->getSourceRange(),
2829 E->getLocStart(),
2830 /*IsStringLocation*/false,
2831 SpecRange,
2832 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
2833
2834 } else {
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002835 // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the
2836 // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's
2837 // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but
2838 // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.)
2839 // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to
2840 // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string
2841 // if necessary).
2842 SmallString<16> CastBuf;
2843 llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf);
2844 CastFix << "(";
2845 IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy());
2846 CastFix << ")";
2847
2848 SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints;
2849 if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
2850 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
2851
2852 if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) {
2853 // If there's already a cast present, just replace it.
2854 SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc());
2855 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str()));
2856
2857 } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E)) {
2858 // If the expression has high enough precedence,
2859 // just write the C-style cast.
2860 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
2861 CastFix.str()));
2862 } else {
2863 // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast.
2864 CastFix << "(";
2865 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
2866 CastFix.str()));
2867
2868 SourceLocation After = S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
2869 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")"));
2870 }
2871
Jordan Rose2cd34402012-12-05 18:44:49 +00002872 if (ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
2873 // The expression has a type that should not be printed directly.
2874 // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show
2875 // the underlying type in the diagnostic.
2876 StringRef Name = cast<TypedefType>(ExprTy)->getDecl()->getName();
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002877
Jordan Rose2cd34402012-12-05 18:44:49 +00002878 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast)
2879 << Name << IntendedTy
2880 << E->getSourceRange(),
2881 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false,
2882 SpecRange, Hints);
2883 } else {
2884 // In this case, the expression could be printed using a different
2885 // specifier, but we've decided that the specifier is probably correct
2886 // and we should cast instead. Just use the normal warning message.
2887 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2888 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
2889 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy
2890 << E->getSourceRange(),
2891 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
2892 SpecRange, Hints);
2893 }
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002894 }
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002895 } else {
2896 const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier,
2897 SpecifierLen);
2898 // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions
2899 // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD
2900 // arguments here.
Jordan Rose448ac3e2012-12-05 18:44:40 +00002901 if (S.isValidVarArgType(ExprTy) == Sema::VAK_Invalid) {
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002902 unsigned DiagKind;
Jordan Rose448ac3e2012-12-05 18:44:40 +00002903 if (ExprTy->isObjCObjectType())
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002904 DiagKind = diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format;
2905 else
2906 DiagKind = diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string;
2907
2908 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2909 S.PDiag(DiagKind)
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002910 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
Jordan Rose448ac3e2012-12-05 18:44:40 +00002911 << ExprTy
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002912 << CallType
2913 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
2914 << CSR
2915 << E->getSourceRange(),
2916 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
2917
2918 checkForCStrMembers(AT, E, CSR);
2919 } else
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002920 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2921 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Jordan Rose448ac3e2012-12-05 18:44:40 +00002922 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002923 << CSR
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002924 << E->getSourceRange(),
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002925 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002926 }
2927
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002928 return true;
2929}
2930
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002931//===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
2932
2933namespace {
2934class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
2935public:
2936 CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
2937 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002938 unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00002939 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002940 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
2941 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType)
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002942 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002943 numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg,
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00002944 Args, formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType)
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002945 {}
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002946
2947 bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2948 const char *startSpecifier,
2949 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002950
2951 bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
2952 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2953 const char *startSpecifier,
2954 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002955
2956 void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002957};
Ted Kremenek07d161f2010-01-29 01:50:07 +00002958}
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002959
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002960void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
2961 const char *end) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002962 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
2963 getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2964 getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002965}
2966
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002967bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
2968 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2969 const char *startSpecifier,
2970 unsigned specifierLen) {
2971
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002972 const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002973 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
2974
2975 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
2976 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2977 startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2978 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
2979}
2980
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002981bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
2982 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2983 const char *startSpecifier,
2984 unsigned specifierLen) {
2985
2986 using namespace analyze_scanf;
2987 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2988
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002989 const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002990
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002991 // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument. These shouldn't
2992 // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
2993 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2994 if (atFirstArg) {
2995 atFirstArg = false;
2996 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
2997 }
2998 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002999 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
3000 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00003001 return false;
3002 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003003 }
3004
3005 // Check if the field with is non-zero.
3006 const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
3007 if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
3008 if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
3009 const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
3010 Amt.getConstantLength());
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003011 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
3012 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
3013 /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
3014 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003015 }
3016 }
3017
3018 if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
3019 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
3020 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point.
3021 return true;
3022 }
3023
3024 // Consume the argument.
3025 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
3026 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
3027 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
3028 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
3029 // function if we encounter some other error.
3030 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
3031 }
3032
Ted Kremenek1e51c202010-07-20 20:04:47 +00003033 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00003034 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00003035 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
3036 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00003037 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00003038 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00003039 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
Jordan Rose8be066e2012-09-08 04:00:12 +00003040 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
3041 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00003042
Jordan Rosebbb6bb42012-09-08 04:00:03 +00003043 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
3044 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
3045
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003046 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
3047 if (HasVAListArg)
3048 return true;
3049
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00003050 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003051 return false;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003052
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00003053 // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
3054 const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00003055 if (!Ex)
3056 return true;
3057
Hans Wennborg58e1e542012-08-07 08:59:46 +00003058 const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
3059 if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType())) {
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00003060 ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003061 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), S.getLangOpts(),
Hans Wennborgbe6126a2012-02-15 09:59:46 +00003062 S.Context);
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00003063
3064 if (success) {
3065 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00003066 SmallString<128> buf;
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00003067 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
3068 fixedFS.toString(os);
3069
3070 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
3071 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Hans Wennborg58e1e542012-08-07 08:59:46 +00003072 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00003073 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
Matt Beaumont-Gayabf145a2012-05-17 00:03:16 +00003074 Ex->getLocStart(),
3075 /*IsStringLocation*/false,
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00003076 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
3077 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
3078 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
3079 os.str()));
3080 } else {
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00003081 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
3082 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Hans Wennborg58e1e542012-08-07 08:59:46 +00003083 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00003084 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
Matt Beaumont-Gayabf145a2012-05-17 00:03:16 +00003085 Ex->getLocStart(),
3086 /*IsStringLocation*/false,
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00003087 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00003088 }
3089 }
3090
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003091 return true;
3092}
3093
3094void Sema::CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr,
Ted Kremenek0e5675d2010-02-10 02:16:30 +00003095 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00003096 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00003097 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00003098 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00003099 bool inFunctionCall, VariadicCallType CallType) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003100
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003101 // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
Richard Smithdf9ef1b2012-06-13 05:37:23 +00003102 if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003103 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00003104 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003105 PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(),
3106 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003107 return;
3108 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003109
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003110 // Str - The format string. NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003111 StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
Benjamin Kramer2f4eaef2010-08-17 12:54:38 +00003112 const char *Str = StrRef.data();
3113 unsigned StrLen = StrRef.size();
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00003114 const unsigned numDataArgs = Args.size() - firstDataArg;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003115
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003116 // CHECK: empty format string?
Ted Kremenek4cd57912011-09-29 05:52:16 +00003117 if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003118 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00003119 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003120 PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(),
3121 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003122 return;
3123 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003124
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00003125 if (Type == FST_Printf || Type == FST_NSString) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003126 CheckPrintfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00003127 numDataArgs, (Type == FST_NSString),
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00003128 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00003129 inFunctionCall, CallType);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003130
Hans Wennborgd02deeb2011-12-15 10:25:47 +00003131 if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
Jordan Rose275b6f52012-09-13 02:11:03 +00003132 getLangOpts(),
3133 Context.getTargetInfo()))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003134 H.DoneProcessing();
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00003135 } else if (Type == FST_Scanf) {
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00003136 CheckScanfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg, numDataArgs,
Dmitri Gribenko1c030e92013-01-13 20:46:02 +00003137 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00003138 inFunctionCall, CallType);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003139
Hans Wennborgd02deeb2011-12-15 10:25:47 +00003140 if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
Jordan Rose275b6f52012-09-13 02:11:03 +00003141 getLangOpts(),
3142 Context.getTargetInfo()))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003143 H.DoneProcessing();
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00003144 } // TODO: handle other formats
Ted Kremenekce7024e2010-01-28 01:18:22 +00003145}
3146
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003147//===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
3148
Douglas Gregor2a053a32011-05-03 20:05:22 +00003149/// \brief Determine whether the given type is a dynamic class type (e.g.,
3150/// whether it has a vtable).
3151static bool isDynamicClassType(QualType T) {
3152 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3153 if (CXXRecordDecl *Definition = Record->getDefinition())
3154 if (Definition->isDynamicClass())
3155 return true;
3156
3157 return false;
3158}
3159
Chandler Carrutha72a12f2011-06-21 23:04:20 +00003160/// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003161/// otherwise returns NULL.
3162static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr* E) {
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003163 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003164 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
3165 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType())
3166 return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003167
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003168 return 0;
3169}
3170
Chandler Carrutha72a12f2011-06-21 23:04:20 +00003171/// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003172static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr* E) {
3173 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
3174 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
3175 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf)
3176 return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
3177
3178 return QualType();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003179}
3180
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003181/// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
3182///
Chandler Carruth929f0132011-06-03 06:23:57 +00003183/// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00003184/// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
3185/// function calls.
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003186///
3187/// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00003188void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003189 unsigned BId,
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00003190 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003191 assert(BId != 0);
3192
Ted Kremenek1d59f7f2011-04-28 01:38:02 +00003193 // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset. Validate
Douglas Gregor707a23e2011-06-16 17:56:04 +00003194 // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003195 unsigned ExpectedNumArgs = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 2 : 3);
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00003196 if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
Ted Kremenek1d59f7f2011-04-28 01:38:02 +00003197 return;
3198
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003199 unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset ||
3200 BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
3201 unsigned LenArg = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00003202 const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003203
3204 // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
3205 QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
3206 const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
3207 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
3208
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003209 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
3210 const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003211 SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003212
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003213 QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
3214 if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3215 QualType PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003216
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003217 // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
3218 // false positives.
3219 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003220 continue;
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003221
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003222 // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
3223 // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
3224 // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
3225 // enabled.
3226 if (SizeOfArg &&
3227 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
3228 SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
3229 // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
3230 // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
3231 if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
3232 SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
3233 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
3234 Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
3235 if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00003236 // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
3237 // over sizeof(src) as well.
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003238 unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003239 StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName();
3240
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003241 if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003242 if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003243 ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
3244 if (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth())
3245 ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
3246 // suggest an explicit length.
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003247
3248 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro
3249 // expansion.
3250 SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc();
3251 SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange();
3252 SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange();
3253 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager();
3254
3255 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
3256 ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts);
3257 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
3258 DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()),
3259 SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd()));
3260 SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()),
3261 SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd()));
3262 }
3263
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003264 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003265 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003266 << ReadableName
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003267 << PointeeTy
3268 << DestTy
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003269 << DSR
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003270 << SSR);
3271 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
3272 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note)
3273 << ActionIdx
3274 << SSR);
3275
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003276 break;
3277 }
3278 }
3279
3280 // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
3281 // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
3282 // record type.
3283 if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
3284 if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
3285 Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
3286 DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
3287 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
3288 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
3289 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
3290 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
3291 break;
3292 }
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003293 }
3294
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003295 // Always complain about dynamic classes.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003296 if (isDynamicClassType(PointeeTy)) {
3297
3298 unsigned OperationType = 0;
3299 // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
3300 // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
3301 if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) {
3302 if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
3303 OperationType = 1;
3304 else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
3305 OperationType = 2;
3306 else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp)
3307 OperationType = 3;
3308 }
3309
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00003310 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
3311 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
3312 PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003313 << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx)
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +00003314 << FnName << PointeeTy
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003315 << OperationType
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00003316 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003317 } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
3318 BId != Builtin::BImemset)
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00003319 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
3320 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
3321 PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
3322 << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
3323 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003324 else
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003325 continue;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003326
3327 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
3328 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
Chandler Carruth929f0132011-06-03 06:23:57 +00003329 PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003330 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
3331 break;
3332 }
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003333 }
3334}
3335
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003336// A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
3337// This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
3338// we don't want to remove sizeof().
3339static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
3340 Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
3341
3342 for (;;) {
3343 const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
3344 if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
3345 break;
3346
3347 const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3348 const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3349
3350 if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
3351 Ex = LHS;
3352 else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
3353 Ex = RHS;
3354 else
3355 break;
3356 }
3357
3358 return Ex;
3359}
3360
Anna Zaks0f38ace2012-08-08 21:42:23 +00003361static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty,
3362 ASTContext &Context) {
3363 // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
3364 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3365 // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
3366 if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
3367 return false;
3368 } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
3369 return false;
3370 }
3371 return true;
3372}
3373
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003374// Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
3375// be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
3376void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
3377 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
3378
3379 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
3380 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 3)
3381 return;
3382
3383 const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
3384 const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
3385 const Expr *CompareWithSrc = NULL;
3386
3387 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
3388 if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
3389 CompareWithSrc = Ex;
3390 else {
3391 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
3392 if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
Richard Smith180f4792011-11-10 06:34:14 +00003393 if (SizeCall->isBuiltinCall() == Builtin::BIstrlen
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003394 && SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
3395 CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
3396 }
3397 }
3398
3399 if (!CompareWithSrc)
3400 return;
3401
3402 // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
3403 // argument. In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
3404 // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
3405 // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
3406 const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
3407 if (!SrcArgDRE)
3408 return;
3409
3410 const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
3411 if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
3412 SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
3413 return;
3414
3415 const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
3416 Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
3417 << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
3418
3419 // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
3420 // pointer to an array). This could be enhanced to handle some
3421 // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
3422 // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
3423 const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Anna Zaks0f38ace2012-08-08 21:42:23 +00003424 if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context))
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003425 return;
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003426
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00003427 SmallString<128> sizeString;
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003428 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
3429 OS << "sizeof(";
Richard Smithd1420c62012-08-16 03:56:14 +00003430 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003431 OS << ")";
3432
3433 Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
3434 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
3435 OS.str());
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003436}
3437
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003438/// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
3439static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
3440 if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
3441 if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
3442 return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
3443 return false;
3444}
3445
3446static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
3447 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
3448 const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
3449 if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
3450 return 0;
3451 return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3452 }
3453 return 0;
3454}
3455
3456// Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
3457// The correct size argument should look like following:
3458// strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
3459void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
3460 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
3461 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
3462 if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
3463 return;
3464 const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3465 const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3466 const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3467
3468 // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
3469 // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
3470 unsigned PatternType = 0;
3471 if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
3472 // - sizeof(dst)
3473 if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
3474 PatternType = 1;
3475 // - sizeof(src)
3476 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
3477 PatternType = 2;
3478 } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
3479 if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
3480 const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3481 const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3482 // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
3483 if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
3484 referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
3485 PatternType = 1;
3486 // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
3487 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
3488 PatternType = 2;
3489 }
3490 }
3491
3492 if (PatternType == 0)
3493 return;
3494
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003495 // Generate the diagnostic.
3496 SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart();
3497 SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
3498 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager();
3499
3500 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
3501 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
3502 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
3503 SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
3504 SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
3505 }
3506
Anna Zaks0f38ace2012-08-08 21:42:23 +00003507 // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array).
3508 QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType();
3509 bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy,
3510 Context);
3511 if (!isKnownSizeArray) {
3512 if (PatternType == 1)
3513 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR;
3514 else
3515 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
3516 return;
3517 }
3518
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003519 if (PatternType == 1)
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003520 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003521 else
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003522 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003523
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00003524 SmallString<128> sizeString;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003525 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
3526 OS << "sizeof(";
Richard Smithd1420c62012-08-16 03:56:14 +00003527 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003528 OS << ") - ";
3529 OS << "strlen(";
Richard Smithd1420c62012-08-16 03:56:14 +00003530 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003531 OS << ") - 1";
3532
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003533 Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
3534 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003535}
3536
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003537//===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===//
3538
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003539static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3540 Decl *ParentDecl);
3541static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr* E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3542 Decl *ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003543
3544/// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address
3545/// of a stack variable.
3546void
3547Sema::CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
3548 SourceLocation ReturnLoc) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003549
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003550 Expr *stackE = 0;
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003551 SmallVector<DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003552
3553 // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks,
3554 // label addresses or references to temporaries.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003555 if (lhsType->isPointerType() ||
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003556 (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003557 stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/0);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003558 } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003559 stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003560 }
3561
3562 if (stackE == 0)
3563 return; // Nothing suspicious was found.
3564
3565 SourceLocation diagLoc;
3566 SourceRange diagRange;
3567 if (refVars.empty()) {
3568 diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart();
3569 diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange();
3570 } else {
3571 // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the
3572 // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing
3573 // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of
3574 // reference variables using notes.
3575 diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart();
3576 diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange();
3577 }
3578
3579 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) { //address of local var.
3580 Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_stack_ref
3581 : diag::warn_ret_stack_addr)
3582 << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange;
3583 } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block.
3584 Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange;
3585 } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label.
3586 Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange;
3587 } else { // local temporary.
3588 Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_local_temp_ref
3589 : diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr)
3590 << diagRange;
3591 }
3592
3593 // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we
3594 // found the problematic expression using notes.
3595 for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
3596 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl());
3597 // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next
3598 // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case
3599 // show the range of the expression.
3600 SourceRange range = (i < e-1) ? refVars[i+1]->getSourceRange()
3601 : stackE->getSourceRange();
3602 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind)
3603 << VD->getDeclName() << range;
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003604 }
3605}
3606
3607/// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that
3608/// check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003609/// to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a
3610/// reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003611/// AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003612/// encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the
3613/// above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to
3614/// a problematic expression based on such local checking.
3615///
3616/// Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate
3617/// the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the
3618/// 'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003619///
Ted Kremeneke8c600f2007-08-28 17:02:55 +00003620/// EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as
3621/// references (and not L-values). EvalVal handles all other values.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003622/// At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic
3623/// expressions.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003624///
3625/// This implementation handles:
3626///
3627/// * pointer-to-pointer casts
3628/// * implicit conversions from array references to pointers
3629/// * taking the address of fields
3630/// * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators
3631/// * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable
3632/// * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003633static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3634 Decl *ParentDecl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003635 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3636 return NULL;
3637
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003638 // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions.
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003639 assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003640 E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003641 E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003642 "EvalAddr only works on pointers");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003643
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00003644 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3645
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003646 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
3647 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
3648 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
3649 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003650 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
3651 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
3652
3653 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
3654 // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that
3655 // it points to.
3656 if (V->hasLocalStorage() &&
3657 V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) {
3658 // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
3659 refVars.push_back(DR);
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003660 return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003661 }
3662
3663 return NULL;
3664 }
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003665
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003666 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3667 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
3668 // is AddrOf. All others don't make sense as pointers.
3669 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003670
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003671 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003672 return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003673 else
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003674 return NULL;
3675 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003676
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003677 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3678 // Handle pointer arithmetic. All other binary operators are not valid
3679 // in this context.
3680 BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003681 BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003682
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003683 if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub)
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003684 return NULL;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003685
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003686 Expr *Base = B->getLHS();
3687
3688 // Determine which argument is the real pointer base. It could be
3689 // the RHS argument instead of the LHS.
3690 if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType()) Base = B->getRHS();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003691
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003692 assert (Base->getType()->isPointerType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003693 return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003694 }
Steve Naroff61f40a22008-09-10 19:17:48 +00003695
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003696 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
3697 // valid DeclRefExpr*s. If one of them is valid, we return it.
3698 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
3699 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003700
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003701 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00003702 if (Expr *lhsExpr = C->getLHS()) {
3703 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
3704 if (!lhsExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003705 if (Expr* LHS = EvalAddr(lhsExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00003706 return LHS;
3707 }
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003708
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00003709 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
3710 if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
3711 return NULL;
3712
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003713 return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003714 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003715
3716 case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
John McCall469a1eb2011-02-02 13:00:07 +00003717 if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003718 return E; // local block.
3719 return NULL;
3720
3721 case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
3722 return E; // address of label.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003723
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003724 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003725 return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
3726 ParentDecl);
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003727
Ted Kremenek54b52742008-08-07 00:49:01 +00003728 // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to
3729 // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions.
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00003730 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Douglas Gregor6eec8e82008-10-28 15:36:24 +00003731 case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003732 case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003733 case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003734 case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
3735 case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00003736 case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass:
3737 case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: {
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003738 Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
3739 switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) {
3740 case CK_BitCast:
3741 case CK_LValueToRValue:
3742 case CK_NoOp:
3743 case CK_BaseToDerived:
3744 case CK_DerivedToBase:
3745 case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
3746 case CK_Dynamic:
3747 case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
3748 case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
3749 case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003750 return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003751
3752 case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003753 return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003754
3755 default:
3756 return 0;
3757 }
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003758 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003759
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003760 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
3761 if (Expr *Result = EvalAddr(
3762 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003763 refVars, ParentDecl))
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003764 return Result;
3765
3766 return E;
3767
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003768 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
3769 default:
3770 return NULL;
3771 }
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003772}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003773
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003774
3775/// EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion.
3776/// See the comments for EvalAddr for more details.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003777static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3778 Decl *ParentDecl) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003779do {
Ted Kremeneke8c600f2007-08-28 17:02:55 +00003780 // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or
3781 // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but instead
3782 // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003783
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003784 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
3785 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
3786 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00003787
3788 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003789 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003790 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
3791 ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
John McCall5baba9d2010-08-25 10:28:54 +00003792 if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003793 E = IE->getSubExpr();
3794 continue;
3795 }
3796 return NULL;
3797 }
3798
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003799 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003800 return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,ParentDecl);
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003801
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00003802 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003803 // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a
3804 // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has
3805 // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003806 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003807
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003808 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
3809 // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;".
3810 if (V == ParentDecl)
3811 return DR;
3812
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003813 if (V->hasLocalStorage()) {
3814 if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType())
3815 return DR;
3816
3817 // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that
3818 // it points to.
3819 if (V->hasInit()) {
3820 // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
3821 refVars.push_back(DR);
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003822 return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003823 }
3824 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003825 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003826
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003827 return NULL;
3828 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003829
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003830 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3831 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
3832 // is Deref. All others don't resolve to a "name." This includes
3833 // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator.
3834 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003835
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003836 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003837 return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003838
3839 return NULL;
3840 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003841
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003842 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
3843 // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack. We
3844 // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed
3845 // has local storage.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003846 return EvalAddr(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003847 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003848
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003849 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
3850 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003851 // non-NULL Expr's. If one is non-NULL, we return it.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003852 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
3853
Anders Carlsson39073232007-11-30 19:04:31 +00003854 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
3855 if (Expr *lhsExpr = C->getLHS())
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003856 if (Expr *LHS = EvalVal(lhsExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
Anders Carlsson39073232007-11-30 19:04:31 +00003857 return LHS;
3858
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003859 return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003860 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003861
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003862 // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack.
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00003863 case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003864 MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003865
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003866 // Check for indirect access. We only want direct field accesses.
Ted Kremeneka423e812010-09-02 01:12:13 +00003867 if (M->isArrow())
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003868 return NULL;
Ted Kremeneka423e812010-09-02 01:12:13 +00003869
3870 // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case
3871 // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers to.
3872 if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
3873 return NULL;
3874
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003875 return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003876 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003877
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003878 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
3879 if (Expr *Result = EvalVal(
3880 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003881 refVars, ParentDecl))
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003882 return Result;
3883
3884 return E;
3885
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003886 default:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003887 // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a
3888 // temporary. This is only useful in C++.
3889 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue())
3890 return E;
3891
3892 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003893 return NULL;
3894 }
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003895} while (true);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003896}
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003897
3898//===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===//
3899
3900/// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3901/// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely
3902/// to do what the programmer intended.
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003903void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003904 Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
3905 Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003906
3907 // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
3908 // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
3909 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
3910 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
3911 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003912 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003913
3914
Ted Kremenek1b500bb2007-11-29 00:59:04 +00003915 // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
3916 // represented by APFloat. In such cases, do not emit a warning. This
3917 // is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
3918 // detect if a value in a variable has not changed. This clearly can
3919 // lead to false negatives.
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003920 if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
3921 if (FLL->isExact())
3922 return;
3923 } else
3924 if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen))
3925 if (FLR->isExact())
3926 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003927
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003928 // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003929 if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
3930 if (CL->isBuiltinCall())
3931 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003932
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003933 if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
3934 if (CR->isBuiltinCall())
3935 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003936
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003937 // Emit the diagnostic.
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003938 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
3939 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003940}
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003941
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003942//===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
3943//===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003944
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003945namespace {
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003946
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003947/// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
3948/// expression.
3949struct IntRange {
3950 /// The number of bits active in the int.
3951 unsigned Width;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003952
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003953 /// True if the int is known not to have negative values.
3954 bool NonNegative;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003955
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003956 IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
3957 : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative)
3958 {}
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003959
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003960 /// Returns the range of the bool type.
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003961 static IntRange forBoolType() {
3962 return IntRange(1, true);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003963 }
3964
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003965 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
3966 static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
3967 return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
3968 T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003969 }
3970
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003971 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
3972 static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003973 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
3974
3975 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
3976 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3977 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
3978 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003979
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003980 // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003981 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
3982 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
John McCall5e1cdac2011-10-07 06:10:15 +00003983 if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition())
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003984 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false);
3985
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003986 unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
3987 unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
3988
Richard Trieu8f50b242012-11-16 01:32:40 +00003989 if (NumNegative == 0)
3990 return IntRange(NumPositive, true/*NonNegative*/);
3991 else
3992 return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive + 1, NumNegative),
3993 false/*NonNegative*/);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003994 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003995
3996 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
3997 assert(BT->isInteger());
3998
3999 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
4000 }
4001
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004002 /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
4003 /// the range of values expressible in the type.
4004 ///
4005 /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
4006 /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
4007 static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
4008 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
4009
4010 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
4011 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4012 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
4013 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4014 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Douglas Gregor69ff26b2011-09-08 23:29:05 +00004015 T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004016
4017 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
4018 assert(BT->isInteger());
4019
4020 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
4021 }
4022
4023 /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00004024 static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004025 return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width),
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004026 L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
4027 }
4028
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004029 /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge.
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00004030 static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004031 return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width),
4032 L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004033 }
4034};
4035
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004036static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value,
4037 unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004038 if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
4039 return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false);
4040
4041 if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00004042 value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004043
4044 // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
4045 // signedness.
4046 return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
4047}
4048
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004049static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
4050 unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004051 if (result.isInt())
4052 return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
4053
4054 if (result.isVector()) {
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00004055 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
4056 for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
4057 IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
4058 R = IntRange::join(R, El);
4059 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004060 return R;
4061 }
4062
4063 if (result.isComplexInt()) {
4064 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
4065 IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
4066 return IntRange::join(R, I);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004067 }
4068
4069 // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
4070 // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00004071 // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
4072 // the sign right on this one case. It would be nice if APValue
4073 // preserved this.
Eli Friedman65639282012-01-04 23:13:47 +00004074 assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
Douglas Gregor5e9ebb32011-05-21 16:28:01 +00004075 return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004076}
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004077
4078/// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
4079/// range of values it might take.
4080///
4081/// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004082static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004083 E = E->IgnoreParens();
4084
4085 // Try a full evaluation first.
4086 Expr::EvalResult result;
Richard Smith51f47082011-10-29 00:50:52 +00004087 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C))
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00004088 return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, E->getType(), MaxWidth);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004089
4090 // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
4091 // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
4092 // being of the new, wider type.
4093 if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Eli Friedmanb17ee5b2011-12-15 02:41:52 +00004094 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004095 return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
4096
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004097 IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, CE->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004098
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004099 bool isIntegerCast = (CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast);
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004100
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004101 // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004102 if (!isIntegerCast)
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004103 return OutputTypeRange;
4104
4105 IntRange SubRange
4106 = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(),
4107 std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width));
4108
4109 // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
4110 if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
4111 return OutputTypeRange;
4112
4113 // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
4114 // either the output type or the subexpr is.
4115 return IntRange(SubRange.Width,
4116 SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
4117 }
4118
4119 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
4120 // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
4121 bool CondResult;
4122 if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
4123 return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr()
4124 : CO->getFalseExpr(),
4125 MaxWidth);
4126
4127 // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
4128 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth);
4129 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth);
4130 return IntRange::join(L, R);
4131 }
4132
4133 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
4134 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
4135
4136 // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004137 case BO_LAnd:
4138 case BO_LOr:
4139 case BO_LT:
4140 case BO_GT:
4141 case BO_LE:
4142 case BO_GE:
4143 case BO_EQ:
4144 case BO_NE:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004145 return IntRange::forBoolType();
4146
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00004147 // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
4148 // is not necessarily the same type.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004149 case BO_MulAssign:
4150 case BO_DivAssign:
4151 case BO_RemAssign:
4152 case BO_AddAssign:
4153 case BO_SubAssign:
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00004154 case BO_XorAssign:
4155 case BO_OrAssign:
4156 // TODO: bitfields?
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004157 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00004158
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00004159 // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
4160 // been coerced to the LHS type.
4161 case BO_Assign:
4162 // TODO: bitfields?
4163 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
4164
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004165 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004166 case BO_PtrMemD:
4167 case BO_PtrMemI:
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004168 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004169
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004170 // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004171 case BO_And:
4172 case BO_AndAssign:
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004173 return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth),
4174 GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth));
4175
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004176 // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004177 case BO_Shl:
John McCall3aae6092010-04-07 01:14:35 +00004178 // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
4179 // positive. It's an important idiom.
4180 if (IntegerLiteral *I
4181 = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
4182 if (I->getValue() == 1) {
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004183 IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCall3aae6092010-04-07 01:14:35 +00004184 return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
4185 }
4186 }
4187 // fallthrough
4188
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004189 case BO_ShlAssign:
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004190 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004191
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004192 // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004193 case BO_Shr:
4194 case BO_ShrAssign: {
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004195 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
4196
4197 // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
4198 // that much.
4199 llvm::APSInt shift;
4200 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) &&
4201 shift.isNonNegative()) {
4202 unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue();
4203 if (zext >= L.Width)
4204 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
4205 else
4206 L.Width -= zext;
4207 }
4208
4209 return L;
4210 }
4211
4212 // Comma acts as its right operand.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004213 case BO_Comma:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004214 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
4215
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004216 // Black-list pointer subtractions.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004217 case BO_Sub:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004218 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004219 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00004220 break;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00004221
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00004222 // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
4223 // of the LHS.
4224 case BO_Div: {
4225 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
4226 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(E->getType());
4227 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
4228
4229 // If the divisor is constant, use that.
4230 llvm::APSInt divisor;
4231 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) {
4232 unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
4233 if (log2 >= L.Width)
4234 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
4235 else
4236 L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth);
4237 return L;
4238 }
4239
4240 // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
4241 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
4242 return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
4243 }
4244
4245 // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
4246 // either side.
4247 case BO_Rem: {
4248 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
4249 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(E->getType());
4250 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
4251 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
4252
4253 IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R);
4254 meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth);
4255 return meet;
4256 }
4257
4258 // The default behavior is okay for these.
4259 case BO_Mul:
4260 case BO_Add:
4261 case BO_Xor:
4262 case BO_Or:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004263 break;
4264 }
4265
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00004266 // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed
4267 // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands.
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004268 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
4269 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
4270 return IntRange::join(L, R);
4271 }
4272
4273 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
4274 switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
4275 // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004276 case UO_LNot:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004277 return IntRange::forBoolType();
4278
4279 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004280 case UO_Deref:
4281 case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004282 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004283
4284 default:
4285 return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
4286 }
4287 }
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00004288
4289 if (dyn_cast<OffsetOfExpr>(E)) {
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004290 IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00004291 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004292
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004293 if (FieldDecl *BitField = E->getBitField())
4294 return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
Douglas Gregor5e9ebb32011-05-21 16:28:01 +00004295 BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004296
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004297 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004298}
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004299
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004300static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004301 return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(E->getType()));
4302}
4303
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004304/// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
4305/// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
4306/// target semantics.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004307static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
4308 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
4309 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004310 llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
4311
4312 bool ignored;
4313 truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
4314 truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
4315
4316 return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
4317}
4318
4319/// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
4320/// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
4321/// target semantics.
4322///
4323/// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004324static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
4325 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
4326 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004327 if (value.isFloat())
4328 return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
4329
4330 if (value.isVector()) {
4331 for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
4332 if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
4333 return false;
4334 return true;
4335 }
4336
4337 assert(value.isComplexFloat());
4338 return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
4339 IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
4340}
4341
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004342static void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004343
Ted Kremeneke3b159c2010-09-23 21:43:44 +00004344static bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
4345 // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
4346 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
4347 dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4348 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
4349 return false;
4350
4351 // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro.
4352 if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID())
4353 return false;
4354
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004355 llvm::APSInt Value;
4356 return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0;
4357}
4358
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004359static bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
4360 // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
4361 while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis63b57ae2010-10-07 21:52:18 +00004362 if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
4363 ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004364 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis63b57ae2010-10-07 21:52:18 +00004365 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004366 }
4367
4368 return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
4369}
4370
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004371static void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004372 BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
Douglas Gregor14af91a2010-12-21 07:22:56 +00004373 if (E->isValueDependent())
4374 return;
4375
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004376 if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004377 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004378 << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004379 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004380 } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004381 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004382 << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004383 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004384 } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004385 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004386 << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004387 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004388 } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004389 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004390 << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004391 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
4392 }
4393}
4394
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004395static void DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E,
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004396 Expr *Constant, Expr *Other,
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004397 llvm::APSInt Value,
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004398 bool RhsConstant) {
Richard Trieu526e6272012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004399 // 0 values are handled later by CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison().
4400 if (Value == 0)
4401 return;
4402
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004403 BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004404 QualType OtherT = Other->getType();
4405 QualType ConstantT = Constant->getType();
Richard Trieu526e6272012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004406 QualType CommonT = E->getLHS()->getType();
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004407 if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(OtherT, ConstantT))
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004408 return;
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004409 assert((OtherT->isIntegerType() && ConstantT->isIntegerType())
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004410 && "comparison with non-integer type");
Richard Trieu526e6272012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004411
4412 bool ConstantSigned = ConstantT->isSignedIntegerType();
Richard Trieu526e6272012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004413 bool CommonSigned = CommonT->isSignedIntegerType();
4414
4415 bool EqualityOnly = false;
4416
4417 // TODO: Investigate using GetExprRange() to get tighter bounds on
4418 // on the bit ranges.
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004419 IntRange OtherRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(S.Context, OtherT);
Richard Trieu526e6272012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004420 unsigned OtherWidth = OtherRange.Width;
4421
4422 if (CommonSigned) {
4423 // The common type is signed, therefore no signed to unsigned conversion.
Eli Friedmand87de7b2012-11-30 23:09:29 +00004424 if (!OtherRange.NonNegative) {
Richard Trieu526e6272012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004425 // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
4426 if (ConstantSigned) {
4427 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getMinSignedBits())
4428 return;
4429 } else { // !ConstantSigned
4430 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits() + 1)
4431 return;
4432 }
4433 } else { // !OtherSigned
4434 // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
4435 // Negative values are out of range.
4436 if (ConstantSigned) {
4437 if (Value.isNonNegative() && OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
4438 return;
4439 } else { // !ConstantSigned
4440 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
4441 return;
4442 }
4443 }
4444 } else { // !CommonSigned
Eli Friedmand87de7b2012-11-30 23:09:29 +00004445 if (OtherRange.NonNegative) {
Richard Trieu526e6272012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004446 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
4447 return;
Eli Friedmand87de7b2012-11-30 23:09:29 +00004448 } else if (!OtherRange.NonNegative && !ConstantSigned) {
Richard Trieu526e6272012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004449 // Check to see if the constant is representable in OtherT.
4450 if (OtherWidth > Value.getActiveBits())
4451 return;
4452 // Check to see if the constant is equivalent to a negative value
4453 // cast to CommonT.
4454 if (S.Context.getIntWidth(ConstantT) == S.Context.getIntWidth(CommonT) &&
Richard Trieu5d1cf4f2012-11-15 03:43:50 +00004455 Value.isNegative() && Value.getMinSignedBits() <= OtherWidth)
Richard Trieu526e6272012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004456 return;
4457 // The constant value rests between values that OtherT can represent after
4458 // conversion. Relational comparison still works, but equality
4459 // comparisons will be tautological.
4460 EqualityOnly = true;
4461 } else { // OtherSigned && ConstantSigned
4462 assert(0 && "Two signed types converted to unsigned types.");
4463 }
4464 }
4465
4466 bool PositiveConstant = !ConstantSigned || Value.isNonNegative();
4467
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004468 bool IsTrue = true;
Richard Trieu526e6272012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004469 if (op == BO_EQ || op == BO_NE) {
4470 IsTrue = op == BO_NE;
4471 } else if (EqualityOnly) {
4472 return;
4473 } else if (RhsConstant) {
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004474 if (op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE)
Richard Trieu526e6272012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004475 IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004476 else // op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE
Richard Trieu526e6272012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004477 IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004478 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004479 if (op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE)
Richard Trieu526e6272012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004480 IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004481 else // op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE
Richard Trieu526e6272012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004482 IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004483 }
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004484 SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue(Value.toString(10));
4485 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_out_of_range_compare)
Richard Trieu526e6272012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004486 << PrettySourceValue << OtherT << IsTrue
4487 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004488}
4489
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004490/// Analyze the operands of the given comparison. Implements the
4491/// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004492static void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004493 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
4494 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004495}
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004496
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004497/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4498///
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004499/// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004500static void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004501 // The type the comparison is being performed in.
4502 QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
4503 assert(S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType())
4504 && "comparison with mismatched types");
Fariborz Jahanianab4702f2012-09-18 17:46:26 +00004505 if (E->isValueDependent())
4506 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004507
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004508 Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4509 Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004510
4511 bool IsComparisonConstant = false;
4512
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004513 // Check whether an integer constant comparison results in a value
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004514 // of 'true' or 'false'.
4515 if (T->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
4516 llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
4517 bool IsRHSIntegralLiteral =
4518 RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(RHSValue, S.Context);
4519 llvm::APSInt LHSValue;
4520 bool IsLHSIntegralLiteral =
4521 LHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(LHSValue, S.Context);
4522 if (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && !IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
4523 DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, RHS, LHS, RHSValue, true);
4524 else if (!IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
4525 DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, LHS, RHS, LHSValue, false);
4526 else
4527 IsComparisonConstant =
4528 (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral);
Fariborz Jahaniana193f202012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004529 } else if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
4530 IsComparisonConstant = E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context);
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004531
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004532 // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
4533 // comparison: we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
4534 // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
Douglas Gregor3e026e32011-02-19 22:34:59 +00004535 //
4536 // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions
4537 // whose result is a constant.
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004538 if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || IsComparisonConstant)
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004539 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
Fariborz Jahanian15a93562012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004540
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004541 // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
4542 // signedness.
4543 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004544 if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
4545 assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004546 "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004547 signedOperand = LHS;
4548 unsignedOperand = RHS;
4549 } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
4550 signedOperand = RHS;
4551 unsignedOperand = LHS;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004552 } else {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004553 CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
4554 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004555 }
4556
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004557 // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
4558 IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004559
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004560 // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands. Note
4561 // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004562 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
4563 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004564
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004565 // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire,
4566 // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true
4567 // or false.
4568 if (signedRange.NonNegative)
4569 return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004570
4571 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
4572 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4573 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4574 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004575 if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
4576 unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
4577 IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004578
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004579 // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
4580 // non-negative.
4581 assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
4582
4583 if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth)
4584 return;
4585 }
4586
Douglas Gregor6d3b93d2012-05-01 01:53:49 +00004587 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
4588 S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
4589 << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
4590 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange());
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004591}
4592
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004593/// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
4594///
4595/// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004596static bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
4597 SourceLocation InitLoc) {
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004598 assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
4599 if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
4600 return false;
4601
John McCall91b60142010-11-11 05:33:51 +00004602 // White-list bool bitfields.
4603 if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType())
4604 return false;
4605
Douglas Gregor46ff3032011-02-04 13:09:01 +00004606 // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
4607 if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
4608 Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
4609 Init->isValueDependent() ||
4610 Init->isTypeDependent())
4611 return false;
4612
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004613 Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4614
Richard Smith80d4b552011-12-28 19:48:30 +00004615 llvm::APSInt Value;
4616 if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004617 return false;
4618
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004619 unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004620 unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004621
4622 if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
4623 return false;
4624
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004625 // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00004626 llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004627 TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType());
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004628
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004629 // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
4630 TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
Richard Trieue1ecdc12012-07-23 20:21:35 +00004631 if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue))
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004632 return false;
4633
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004634 // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and
Eli Friedman34ff0622012-02-02 00:40:20 +00004635 // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1.
4636 if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1)
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004637 return false;
4638
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004639 std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10);
4640 std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10);
4641
4642 S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
4643 << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
4644 << Init->getSourceRange();
4645
4646 return true;
4647}
4648
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004649/// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
4650/// operations.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004651static void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004652 // Just recurse on the LHS.
4653 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
4654
4655 // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
4656 // a bitfield.
4657 if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getBitField()) {
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004658 if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
4659 E->getOperatorLoc())) {
4660 // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
4661 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
4662 E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004663 }
4664 }
4665
4666 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
4667}
4668
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004669/// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004670static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00004671 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
4672 bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
4673 if (pruneControlFlow) {
4674 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
4675 S.PDiag(diag)
4676 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
4677 << SourceRange(CContext));
4678 return;
4679 }
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004680 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
4681 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
4682}
4683
Chandler Carruthe1b02e02011-04-05 06:47:57 +00004684/// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004685static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00004686 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
4687 bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
4688 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
Chandler Carruthe1b02e02011-04-05 06:47:57 +00004689}
4690
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004691/// Diagnose an implicit cast from a literal expression. Does not warn when the
4692/// cast wouldn't lose information.
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004693void DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(Sema &S, FloatingLiteral *FL, QualType T,
4694 SourceLocation CContext) {
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004695 // Try to convert the literal exactly to an integer. If we can, don't warn.
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004696 bool isExact = false;
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004697 const llvm::APFloat &Value = FL->getValue();
Jeffrey Yasskin3e1ef782011-07-15 17:03:07 +00004698 llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
4699 T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
4700 if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue,
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004701 llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &isExact)
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004702 == llvm::APFloat::opOK && isExact)
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004703 return;
4704
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004705 SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue;
4706 Value.toString(PrettySourceValue);
David Blaikiede7e7b82012-05-15 17:18:27 +00004707 SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue;
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004708 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
4709 PrettyTargetValue = IntegerValue == 0 ? "false" : "true";
4710 else
David Blaikiede7e7b82012-05-15 17:18:27 +00004711 IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue);
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004712
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004713 S.Diag(FL->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer)
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004714 << FL->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue
4715 << PrettyTargetValue << FL->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004716}
4717
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004718std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) {
4719 if (!Range.Width) return "0";
4720
4721 llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
4722 ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00004723 ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004724 return ValueInRange.toString(10);
4725}
4726
Hans Wennborg88617a22012-08-28 15:44:30 +00004727static bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) {
4728 if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex))
4729 return false;
4730
4731 Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4732 const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr();
4733 const Type *Source =
4734 S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
4735 if (Target->isDependentType())
4736 return false;
4737
4738 const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT =
4739 dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target);
4740 const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source;
4741
4742 return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
4743 FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint()));
4744}
4745
4746void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
4747 SourceLocation CC) {
4748 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
4749 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
4750 Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i);
4751 if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true))
4752 continue;
4753
4754 bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) &&
4755 IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false));
4756 IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) &&
4757 IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false));
4758 if (IsSwapped) {
4759 // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion.
4760 DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
4761 CurrA->getType(), CC,
4762 diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
4763 }
4764 }
4765}
4766
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004767void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004768 SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = 0) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004769 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004770
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004771 const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
4772 const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
4773 if (Source == Target) return;
4774 if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004775
Chandler Carruth108f7562011-07-26 05:40:03 +00004776 // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
4777 // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
4778 // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
4779 // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
4780 // scenario, we just return.
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004781 if (CC.isInvalid())
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004782 return;
4783
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004784 // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
4785 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
4786 if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
4787 // Warn on string literal to bool. Checks for string literals in logical
4788 // expressions, for instances, assert(0 && "error here"), is prevented
4789 // by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
4790 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
4791 diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
Lang Hamese14ca9f2011-12-05 20:49:50 +00004792 if (Source->isFunctionType()) {
4793 // Warn on function to bool. Checks free functions and static member
4794 // functions. Weakly imported functions are excluded from the check,
4795 // since it's common to test their value to check whether the linker
4796 // found a definition for them.
4797 ValueDecl *D = 0;
4798 if (DeclRefExpr* R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
4799 D = R->getDecl();
4800 } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
4801 D = M->getMemberDecl();
4802 }
4803
4804 if (D && !D->isWeak()) {
Richard Trieu26b45d82011-12-06 04:48:01 +00004805 if (FunctionDecl* F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
4806 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_function_to_bool)
4807 << F << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CC);
David Blaikie2def7732011-12-09 21:42:37 +00004808 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_bool_silence)
4809 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getExprLoc(), "&");
4810 QualType ReturnType;
4811 UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
4812 S.isExprCallable(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
4813 if (!ReturnType.isNull()
4814 && ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
4815 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_bool_call)
4816 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
4817 S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()");
Richard Trieu26b45d82011-12-06 04:48:01 +00004818 return;
4819 }
Lang Hamese14ca9f2011-12-05 20:49:50 +00004820 }
4821 }
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004822 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004823
4824 // Strip vector types.
4825 if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004826 if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004827 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004828 return;
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004829 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004830 }
Chris Lattnerb792b302011-06-14 04:51:15 +00004831
4832 // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
4833 // a bitcast, not a conversion.
4834 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target))
4835 return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004836
4837 Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4838 Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4839 }
4840
4841 // Strip complex types.
4842 if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004843 if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004844 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004845 return;
4846
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004847 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004848 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004849
4850 Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4851 Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4852 }
4853
4854 const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
4855 const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
4856
4857 // If the source is floating point...
4858 if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
4859 // ...and the target is floating point...
4860 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
4861 // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
4862
4863 // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank.
4864 if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) {
4865 // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
4866 // representable in the target type.
4867 Expr::EvalResult result;
Richard Smith51f47082011-10-29 00:50:52 +00004868 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004869 // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
4870 if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val,
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004871 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
4872 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004873 return;
4874 }
4875
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004876 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004877 return;
4878
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004879 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004880 }
4881 return;
4882 }
4883
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004884 // If the target is integral, always warn.
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004885 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004886 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004887 return;
4888
Chandler Carrutha5b93322011-02-17 11:05:49 +00004889 Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Matt Beaumont-Gay634c8af2011-09-08 22:30:47 +00004890 // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
4891 if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
4892 if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
4893 InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4894
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004895 if (FloatingLiteral *FL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE)) {
4896 DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(S, FL, T, CC);
Chandler Carrutha5b93322011-02-17 11:05:49 +00004897 } else {
4898 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer);
4899 }
4900 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004901
Hans Wennborg88617a22012-08-28 15:44:30 +00004902 // If the target is bool, warn if expr is a function or method call.
4903 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
4904 isa<CallExpr>(E)) {
4905 // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an
4906 // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result
4907 // is being cast to.
4908 CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E);
4909 unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs();
4910 if (NumArgs > 0) {
4911 Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1);
4912 Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4913 const Type *InnerType =
4914 S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
4915 if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) && (InnerType == Target)) {
4916 // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion
4917 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
4918 diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
4919 }
4920 }
4921 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004922 return;
4923 }
4924
Richard Trieu1838ca52011-05-29 19:59:02 +00004925 if ((E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)
David Blaikieb26331b2012-06-19 21:19:06 +00004926 == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull) && !Target->isAnyPointerType()
David Blaikiee81b43b2012-11-08 00:41:20 +00004927 && !Target->isBlockPointerType() && !Target->isMemberPointerType()
4928 && Target->isScalarType()) {
David Blaikieb1360492012-03-16 20:30:12 +00004929 SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
4930 if (Loc.isMacroID())
4931 Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first;
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004932 if (!Loc.isMacroID() || CC.isMacroID())
4933 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
4934 << T << clang::SourceRange(CC)
4935 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T));
Richard Trieu1838ca52011-05-29 19:59:02 +00004936 }
4937
David Blaikieb26331b2012-06-19 21:19:06 +00004938 if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
4939 return;
4940
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004941 // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool
4942 // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed.
4943 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
4944 return;
4945
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004946 IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004947 IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004948
4949 if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) {
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004950 // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
4951 // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
4952 llvm::APSInt Value(32);
4953 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004954 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004955 return;
4956
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004957 std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
4958 std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
4959
Ted Kremenek5e745da2011-10-22 02:37:33 +00004960 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
4961 S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
4962 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
4963 << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
4964 << clang::SourceRange(CC));
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004965 return;
4966 }
4967
Chris Lattnerb792b302011-06-14 04:51:15 +00004968 // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004969 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004970 return;
David Blaikie0c5d0052012-11-19 23:12:51 +00004971
David Blaikie37050842012-04-12 22:40:54 +00004972 if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64)
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00004973 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
4974 /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004975 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004976 }
4977
4978 if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) ||
4979 (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative &&
4980 SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004981
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004982 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004983 return;
4984
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004985 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
4986
4987 // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
4988 // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
4989 // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
4990 // in the sign-compare group.
4991 // The conditional-checking code will
4992 if (ICContext) {
4993 DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
4994 *ICContext = true;
4995 }
4996
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004997 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004998 }
4999
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00005000 // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00005001 // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
5002 // type, to give us better diagnostics.
5003 QualType SourceType = E->getType();
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005004 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00005005 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
5006 if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
5007 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
5008 SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
5009 Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
5010 }
5011 }
5012
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00005013 if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
5014 if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
5015 if ((SourceEnum->getDecl()->getIdentifier() ||
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00005016 SourceEnum->getDecl()->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) &&
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00005017 (TargetEnum->getDecl()->getIdentifier() ||
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00005018 TargetEnum->getDecl()->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) &&
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005019 SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00005020 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005021 return;
5022
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00005023 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00005024 diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005025 }
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00005026
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00005027 return;
5028}
5029
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00005030void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
5031 SourceLocation CC, QualType T);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005032
5033void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005034 SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005035 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5036
5037 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00005038 return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005039
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005040 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005041 if (E->getType() != T)
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005042 return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005043 return;
5044}
5045
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00005046void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
5047 SourceLocation CC, QualType T) {
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005048 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005049
5050 bool Suspicious = false;
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005051 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
5052 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005053
5054 // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
5055 // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
5056 if (!Suspicious) return;
5057
5058 // ...but it's currently ignored...
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08274082010-12-15 18:44:22 +00005059 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional,
5060 CC))
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005061 return;
5062
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005063 // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
5064 // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
Richard Trieu52541612011-07-21 02:46:28 +00005065 if (E->getType() == T) return;
5066
5067 Suspicious = false;
5068 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
5069 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
5070 if (!Suspicious)
5071 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005072 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005073}
5074
5075/// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
5076/// implicit conversions in the given expression. There are a couple
5077/// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005078void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005079 QualType T = OrigE->getType();
5080 Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5081
Douglas Gregorf8b6e152011-10-10 17:38:18 +00005082 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
5083 return;
5084
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005085 // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
5086 // were being fed directly into the output.
5087 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
5088 ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00005089 CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005090 return;
5091 }
5092
Hans Wennborg88617a22012-08-28 15:44:30 +00005093 // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls.
5094 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
5095 CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC);
5096
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005097 // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
5098 // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
5099 // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
5100 if (E->getType() != T)
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005101 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005102
5103 // Now continue drilling into this expression.
5104
5105 // Skip past explicit casts.
5106 if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
5107 E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005108 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005109 }
5110
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00005111 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
5112 // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
5113 if (BO->isComparisonOp())
5114 return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
5115
Eli Friedman0fa06382012-01-26 23:34:06 +00005116 // And with simple assignments.
5117 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00005118 return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
5119 }
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005120
5121 // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below. Fortunately,
5122 // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
5123 // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
5124 // built into statements.
5125 if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
5126
5127 // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
Peter Collingbournef4e3cfb2011-03-11 19:24:49 +00005128 if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005129
5130 // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005131 CC = E->getExprLoc();
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00005132 BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
5133 bool IsLogicalOperator = BO && BO->isLogicalOp();
5134 for (Stmt::child_range I = E->children(); I; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor54042f12012-02-09 10:18:50 +00005135 Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(*I);
Douglas Gregor503384f2012-02-09 00:47:04 +00005136 if (!ChildExpr)
5137 continue;
5138
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00005139 if (IsLogicalOperator &&
5140 isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
5141 // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical operators.
5142 continue;
5143 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC);
5144 }
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005145}
5146
5147} // end anonymous namespace
5148
5149/// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
5150/// expression (which is a full expression). Implements -Wconversion
5151/// and -Wsign-compare.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005152///
5153/// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
5154/// the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
5155/// conversion
5156void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005157 // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
David Blaikie71f55f72012-08-06 22:47:24 +00005158 if (isUnevaluatedContext())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005159 return;
5160
5161 // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
5162 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
5163 return;
5164
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005165 // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
5166 // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
5167 // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
5168 CheckArrayAccess(E);
5169
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005170 // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
5171 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005172}
5173
Richard Smith6c3af3d2013-01-17 01:17:56 +00005174namespace {
5175/// \brief Visitor for expressions which looks for unsequenced operations on the
5176/// same object.
5177class SequenceChecker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> {
5178 /// \brief A tree of sequenced regions within an expression. Two regions are
5179 /// unsequenced if one is an ancestor or a descendent of the other. When we
5180 /// finish processing an expression with sequencing, such as a comma
5181 /// expression, we fold its tree nodes into its parent, since they are
5182 /// unsequenced with respect to nodes we will visit later.
5183 class SequenceTree {
5184 struct Value {
5185 explicit Value(unsigned Parent) : Parent(Parent), Merged(false) {}
5186 unsigned Parent : 31;
5187 bool Merged : 1;
5188 };
5189 llvm::SmallVector<Value, 8> Values;
5190
5191 public:
5192 /// \brief A region within an expression which may be sequenced with respect
5193 /// to some other region.
5194 class Seq {
5195 explicit Seq(unsigned N) : Index(N) {}
5196 unsigned Index;
5197 friend class SequenceTree;
5198 public:
5199 Seq() : Index(0) {}
5200 };
5201
5202 SequenceTree() { Values.push_back(Value(0)); }
5203 Seq root() const { return Seq(0); }
5204
5205 /// \brief Create a new sequence of operations, which is an unsequenced
5206 /// subset of \p Parent. This sequence of operations is sequenced with
5207 /// respect to other children of \p Parent.
5208 Seq allocate(Seq Parent) {
5209 Values.push_back(Value(Parent.Index));
5210 return Seq(Values.size() - 1);
5211 }
5212
5213 /// \brief Merge a sequence of operations into its parent.
5214 void merge(Seq S) {
5215 Values[S.Index].Merged = true;
5216 }
5217
5218 /// \brief Determine whether two operations are unsequenced. This operation
5219 /// is asymmetric: \p Cur should be the more recent sequence, and \p Old
5220 /// should have been merged into its parent as appropriate.
5221 bool isUnsequenced(Seq Cur, Seq Old) {
5222 unsigned C = representative(Cur.Index);
5223 unsigned Target = representative(Old.Index);
5224 while (C >= Target) {
5225 if (C == Target)
5226 return true;
5227 C = Values[C].Parent;
5228 }
5229 return false;
5230 }
5231
5232 private:
5233 /// \brief Pick a representative for a sequence.
5234 unsigned representative(unsigned K) {
5235 if (Values[K].Merged)
5236 // Perform path compression as we go.
5237 return Values[K].Parent = representative(Values[K].Parent);
5238 return K;
5239 }
5240 };
5241
5242 /// An object for which we can track unsequenced uses.
5243 typedef NamedDecl *Object;
5244
5245 /// Different flavors of object usage which we track. We only track the
5246 /// least-sequenced usage of each kind.
5247 enum UsageKind {
5248 /// A read of an object. Multiple unsequenced reads are OK.
5249 UK_Use,
5250 /// A modification of an object which is sequenced before the value
5251 /// computation of the expression, such as ++n.
5252 UK_ModAsValue,
5253 /// A modification of an object which is not sequenced before the value
5254 /// computation of the expression, such as n++.
5255 UK_ModAsSideEffect,
5256
5257 UK_Count = UK_ModAsSideEffect + 1
5258 };
5259
5260 struct Usage {
5261 Usage() : Use(0), Seq() {}
5262 Expr *Use;
5263 SequenceTree::Seq Seq;
5264 };
5265
5266 struct UsageInfo {
5267 UsageInfo() : Diagnosed(false) {}
5268 Usage Uses[UK_Count];
5269 /// Have we issued a diagnostic for this variable already?
5270 bool Diagnosed;
5271 };
5272 typedef llvm::SmallDenseMap<Object, UsageInfo, 16> UsageInfoMap;
5273
5274 Sema &SemaRef;
5275 /// Sequenced regions within the expression.
5276 SequenceTree Tree;
5277 /// Declaration modifications and references which we have seen.
5278 UsageInfoMap UsageMap;
5279 /// The region we are currently within.
5280 SequenceTree::Seq Region;
5281 /// Filled in with declarations which were modified as a side-effect
5282 /// (that is, post-increment operations).
5283 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *ModAsSideEffect;
5284
5285 /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a sequenced subexpression of an
5286 /// expression. At the end of this process, the side-effects of the evaluation
5287 /// become sequenced with respect to the value computation of the result, so
5288 /// we downgrade any UK_ModAsSideEffect within the evaluation to
5289 /// UK_ModAsValue.
5290 struct SequencedSubexpression {
5291 SequencedSubexpression(SequenceChecker &Self)
5292 : Self(Self), OldModAsSideEffect(Self.ModAsSideEffect) {
5293 Self.ModAsSideEffect = &ModAsSideEffect;
5294 }
5295 ~SequencedSubexpression() {
5296 for (unsigned I = 0, E = ModAsSideEffect.size(); I != E; ++I) {
5297 UsageInfo &U = Self.UsageMap[ModAsSideEffect[I].first];
5298 U.Uses[UK_ModAsSideEffect] = ModAsSideEffect[I].second;
5299 Self.addUsage(U, ModAsSideEffect[I].first,
5300 ModAsSideEffect[I].second.Use, UK_ModAsValue);
5301 }
5302 Self.ModAsSideEffect = OldModAsSideEffect;
5303 }
5304
5305 SequenceChecker &Self;
5306 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<Object, Usage>, 4> ModAsSideEffect;
5307 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *OldModAsSideEffect;
5308 };
5309
5310 /// \brief Find the object which is produced by the specified expression,
5311 /// if any.
5312 Object getObject(Expr *E, bool Mod) const {
5313 E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
5314 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
5315 if (Mod && (UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreInc || UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreDec))
5316 return getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), Mod);
5317 } else if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
5318 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
5319 return getObject(BO->getRHS(), Mod);
5320 if (Mod && BO->isAssignmentOp())
5321 return getObject(BO->getLHS(), Mod);
5322 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
5323 // FIXME: Check for more interesting cases, like "x.n = ++x.n".
5324 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
5325 return ME->getMemberDecl();
5326 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
5327 // FIXME: If this is a reference, map through to its value.
5328 return DRE->getDecl();
5329 return 0;
5330 }
5331
5332 /// \brief Note that an object was modified or used by an expression.
5333 void addUsage(UsageInfo &UI, Object O, Expr *Ref, UsageKind UK) {
5334 Usage &U = UI.Uses[UK];
5335 if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) {
5336 if (UK == UK_ModAsSideEffect && ModAsSideEffect)
5337 ModAsSideEffect->push_back(std::make_pair(O, U));
5338 U.Use = Ref;
5339 U.Seq = Region;
5340 }
5341 }
5342 /// \brief Check whether a modification or use conflicts with a prior usage.
5343 void checkUsage(Object O, UsageInfo &UI, Expr *Ref, UsageKind OtherKind,
5344 bool IsModMod) {
5345 if (UI.Diagnosed)
5346 return;
5347
5348 const Usage &U = UI.Uses[OtherKind];
5349 if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq))
5350 return;
5351
5352 Expr *Mod = U.Use;
5353 Expr *ModOrUse = Ref;
5354 if (OtherKind == UK_Use)
5355 std::swap(Mod, ModOrUse);
5356
5357 SemaRef.Diag(Mod->getExprLoc(),
5358 IsModMod ? diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_mod
5359 : diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_use)
5360 << O << SourceRange(ModOrUse->getExprLoc());
5361 UI.Diagnosed = true;
5362 }
5363
5364 void notePreUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
5365 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
5366 // Uses conflict with other modifications.
5367 checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsValue, false);
5368 }
5369 void notePostUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
5370 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
5371 checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, false);
5372 addUsage(U, O, Use, UK_Use);
5373 }
5374
5375 void notePreMod(Object O, Expr *Mod) {
5376 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
5377 // Modifications conflict with other modifications and with uses.
5378 checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_ModAsValue, true);
5379 checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_Use, false);
5380 }
5381 void notePostMod(Object O, Expr *Use, UsageKind UK) {
5382 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
5383 checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, true);
5384 addUsage(U, O, Use, UK);
5385 }
5386
5387public:
5388 SequenceChecker(Sema &S, Expr *E)
Richard Smithe5096c82013-01-17 01:40:50 +00005389 : EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker>(S.Context), SemaRef(S),
5390 Region(Tree.root()), ModAsSideEffect(0) {
Richard Smith6c3af3d2013-01-17 01:17:56 +00005391 Visit(E);
5392 }
5393
5394 void VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
5395 // Skip all statements which aren't expressions for now.
5396 }
5397
5398 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
5399 // By default, just recurse to evaluated subexpressions.
Richard Smithe5096c82013-01-17 01:40:50 +00005400 EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker>::VisitStmt(E);
Richard Smith6c3af3d2013-01-17 01:17:56 +00005401 }
5402
5403 void VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
5404 Object O = Object();
5405 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
5406 O = getObject(E->getSubExpr(), false);
5407
5408 if (O)
5409 notePreUse(O, E);
5410 VisitExpr(E);
5411 if (O)
5412 notePostUse(O, E);
5413 }
5414
5415 void VisitBinComma(BinaryOperator *BO) {
5416 // C++11 [expr.comma]p1:
5417 // Every value computation and side effect associated with the left
5418 // expression is sequenced before every value computation and side
5419 // effect associated with the right expression.
5420 SequenceTree::Seq LHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
5421 SequenceTree::Seq RHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
5422 SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
5423
5424 {
5425 SequencedSubexpression SeqLHS(*this);
5426 Region = LHS;
5427 Visit(BO->getLHS());
5428 }
5429
5430 Region = RHS;
5431 Visit(BO->getRHS());
5432
5433 Region = OldRegion;
5434
5435 // Forget that LHS and RHS are sequenced. They are both unsequenced
5436 // with respect to other stuff.
5437 Tree.merge(LHS);
5438 Tree.merge(RHS);
5439 }
5440
5441 void VisitBinAssign(BinaryOperator *BO) {
5442 // The modification is sequenced after the value computation of the LHS
5443 // and RHS, so check it before inspecting the operands and update the
5444 // map afterwards.
5445 Object O = getObject(BO->getLHS(), true);
5446 if (!O)
5447 return VisitExpr(BO);
5448
5449 notePreMod(O, BO);
5450
5451 // C++11 [expr.ass]p7:
5452 // E1 op= E2 is equivalent to E1 = E1 op E2, except that E1 is evaluated
5453 // only once.
5454 //
5455 // Therefore, for a compound assignment operator, O is considered used
5456 // everywhere except within the evaluation of E1 itself.
5457 if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
5458 notePreUse(O, BO);
5459
5460 Visit(BO->getLHS());
5461
5462 if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
5463 notePostUse(O, BO);
5464
5465 Visit(BO->getRHS());
5466
5467 notePostMod(O, BO, UK_ModAsValue);
5468 }
5469 void VisitCompoundAssignOperator(CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) {
5470 VisitBinAssign(CAO);
5471 }
5472
5473 void VisitUnaryPreInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
5474 void VisitUnaryPreDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
5475 void VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
5476 Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
5477 if (!O)
5478 return VisitExpr(UO);
5479
5480 notePreMod(O, UO);
5481 Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
5482 notePostMod(O, UO, UK_ModAsValue);
5483 }
5484
5485 void VisitUnaryPostInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
5486 void VisitUnaryPostDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
5487 void VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
5488 Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
5489 if (!O)
5490 return VisitExpr(UO);
5491
5492 notePreMod(O, UO);
5493 Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
5494 notePostMod(O, UO, UK_ModAsSideEffect);
5495 }
5496
5497 /// Don't visit the RHS of '&&' or '||' if it might not be evaluated.
5498 void VisitBinLOr(BinaryOperator *BO) {
5499 // The side-effects of the LHS of an '&&' are sequenced before the
5500 // value computation of the RHS, and hence before the value computation
5501 // of the '&&' itself, unless the LHS evaluates to zero. We treat them
5502 // as if they were unconditionally sequenced.
5503 {
5504 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
5505 Visit(BO->getLHS());
5506 }
5507
5508 bool Result;
5509 if (!BO->getLHS()->isValueDependent() &&
Richard Smith995e4a72013-01-17 22:06:26 +00005510 BO->getLHS()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, SemaRef.Context)) {
5511 if (!Result)
5512 Visit(BO->getRHS());
5513 } else {
5514 // Check for unsequenced operations in the RHS, treating it as an
5515 // entirely separate evaluation.
5516 //
5517 // FIXME: If there are operations in the RHS which are unsequenced
5518 // with respect to operations outside the RHS, and those operations
5519 // are unconditionally evaluated, diagnose them.
5520 SequenceChecker(SemaRef, BO->getRHS());
5521 }
Richard Smith6c3af3d2013-01-17 01:17:56 +00005522 }
5523 void VisitBinLAnd(BinaryOperator *BO) {
5524 {
5525 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
5526 Visit(BO->getLHS());
5527 }
5528
5529 bool Result;
5530 if (!BO->getLHS()->isValueDependent() &&
Richard Smith995e4a72013-01-17 22:06:26 +00005531 BO->getLHS()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, SemaRef.Context)) {
5532 if (Result)
5533 Visit(BO->getRHS());
5534 } else {
5535 SequenceChecker(SemaRef, BO->getRHS());
5536 }
Richard Smith6c3af3d2013-01-17 01:17:56 +00005537 }
5538
5539 // Only visit the condition, unless we can be sure which subexpression will
5540 // be chosen.
5541 void VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(AbstractConditionalOperator *CO) {
5542 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
5543 Visit(CO->getCond());
5544
5545 bool Result;
5546 if (!CO->getCond()->isValueDependent() &&
5547 CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, SemaRef.Context))
5548 Visit(Result ? CO->getTrueExpr() : CO->getFalseExpr());
Richard Smith995e4a72013-01-17 22:06:26 +00005549 else {
5550 SequenceChecker(SemaRef, CO->getTrueExpr());
5551 SequenceChecker(SemaRef, CO->getFalseExpr());
5552 }
Richard Smith6c3af3d2013-01-17 01:17:56 +00005553 }
5554
5555 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *CCE) {
5556 if (!CCE->isListInitialization())
5557 return VisitExpr(CCE);
5558
5559 // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
5560 llvm::SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
5561 SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
5562 for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator I = CCE->arg_begin(),
5563 E = CCE->arg_end();
5564 I != E; ++I) {
5565 Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
5566 Elts.push_back(Region);
5567 Visit(*I);
5568 }
5569
5570 // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
5571 Region = Parent;
5572 for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
5573 Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
5574 }
5575
5576 void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *ILE) {
5577 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
5578 return VisitExpr(ILE);
5579
5580 // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
5581 llvm::SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
5582 SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
5583 for (unsigned I = 0; I < ILE->getNumInits(); ++I) {
5584 Expr *E = ILE->getInit(I);
5585 if (!E) continue;
5586 Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
5587 Elts.push_back(Region);
5588 Visit(E);
5589 }
5590
5591 // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
5592 Region = Parent;
5593 for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
5594 Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
5595 }
5596};
5597}
5598
5599void Sema::CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E) {
5600 SequenceChecker(*this, E);
5601}
5602
5603void Sema::CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc) {
5604 CheckImplicitConversions(E, CheckLoc);
5605 CheckUnsequencedOperations(E);
5606}
5607
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00005608void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
5609 FieldDecl *BitField,
5610 Expr *Init) {
5611 (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
5612}
5613
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00005614/// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
5615/// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
5616/// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
5617/// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
5618/// parameters are complete.
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00005619bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **P, ParmVarDecl **PEnd,
5620 bool CheckParameterNames) {
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00005621 bool HasInvalidParm = false;
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00005622 for (; P != PEnd; ++P) {
5623 ParmVarDecl *Param = *P;
5624
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00005625 // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
5626 // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
5627 // that function shall not have incomplete type.
5628 //
5629 // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6.
5630 if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
5631 RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
Douglas Gregord10099e2012-05-04 16:32:21 +00005632 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00005633 Param->setInvalidDecl();
5634 HasInvalidParm = true;
5635 }
5636
5637 // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
5638 // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00005639 if (CheckParameterNames &&
5640 Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00005641 !Param->isImplicit() &&
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005642 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00005643 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
Sam Weinigd17e3402010-02-01 05:02:49 +00005644
5645 // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
5646 // If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
5647 // function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
5648 // notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
5649 // variable length array types.
5650 QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
5651 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(PType)) {
5652 if (AT->getSizeModifier() == ArrayType::Star) {
Sylvestre Ledrubed28ac2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00005653 // FIXME: This diagnosic should point the '[*]' if source-location
Sam Weinigd17e3402010-02-01 05:02:49 +00005654 // information is added for it.
5655 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
5656 }
5657 }
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00005658 }
5659
5660 return HasInvalidParm;
5661}
John McCallb7f4ffe2010-08-12 21:44:57 +00005662
5663/// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
5664/// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
5665void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
5666 // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
5667 // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08274082010-12-15 18:44:22 +00005668 if (getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_cast_align,
5669 TRange.getBegin())
David Blaikied6471f72011-09-25 23:23:43 +00005670 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
John McCallb7f4ffe2010-08-12 21:44:57 +00005671 return;
5672
5673 // Ignore dependent types.
5674 if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
5675 return;
5676
5677 // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
5678 const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
5679 if (!DestPtr) return;
5680
5681 // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
5682 QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
5683 if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
5684 CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
5685 if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
5686
5687 // Require that the source be a pointer type.
5688 const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
5689 if (!SrcPtr) return;
5690 QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
5691
5692 // Whitelist casts from cv void*. We already implicitly
5693 // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
5694 // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
5695 // includes 'void'.
5696 if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
5697
5698 CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee);
5699 if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
5700
5701 Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
5702 << Op->getType() << T
5703 << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
5704 << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
5705 << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
5706}
5707
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005708static const Type* getElementType(const Expr *BaseExpr) {
5709 const Type* EltType = BaseExpr->getType().getTypePtr();
5710 if (EltType->isAnyPointerType())
5711 return EltType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
5712 else if (EltType->isArrayType())
5713 return EltType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
5714 return EltType;
5715}
5716
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00005717/// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded
5718/// array member of a struct.
5719///
5720/// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are
5721/// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code.
5722static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, llvm::APInt Size,
5723 const NamedDecl *ND) {
5724 if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false;
5725
5726 const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
5727 if (!FD) return false;
5728
5729 // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument
5730 // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays.
Sean Callanand2cf3482012-05-04 18:22:53 +00005731
5732 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
Ted Kremenek00e1f6f2012-05-09 05:35:08 +00005733 while (TInfo) {
5734 TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc();
5735 // Look through typedefs.
5736 const TypedefTypeLoc *TTL = dyn_cast<TypedefTypeLoc>(&TL);
5737 if (TTL) {
5738 const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL->getTypedefNameDecl();
5739 TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo();
5740 continue;
5741 }
5742 ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = cast<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>(TL);
5743 const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr());
Sean Callanand2cf3482012-05-04 18:22:53 +00005744 if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
5745 return false;
Ted Kremenek00e1f6f2012-05-09 05:35:08 +00005746 break;
Sean Callanand2cf3482012-05-04 18:22:53 +00005747 }
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00005748
5749 const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
Matt Beaumont-Gay381711c2011-11-29 22:43:53 +00005750 if (!RD) return false;
5751 if (RD->isUnion()) return false;
5752 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
5753 if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false;
5754 }
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00005755
Benjamin Kramer22d4fed2011-08-06 03:04:42 +00005756 // See if this is the last field decl in the record.
5757 const Decl *D = FD;
5758 while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext()))
5759 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
5760 return false;
5761 return true;
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00005762}
5763
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005764void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005765 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
Richard Smith25b009a2011-12-16 19:31:14 +00005766 bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00005767 IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005768 if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
5769 return;
5770
Matt Beaumont-Gay8ef8f432011-12-12 22:35:02 +00005771 const Type *EffectiveType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005772 BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005773 const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005774 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005775 if (!ArrayTy)
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00005776 return;
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00005777
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005778 llvm::APSInt index;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005779 if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context))
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00005780 return;
Richard Smith25b009a2011-12-16 19:31:14 +00005781 if (IndexNegated)
5782 index = -index;
Ted Kremenek8fd0a5d2011-02-16 04:01:44 +00005783
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00005784 const NamedDecl *ND = NULL;
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00005785 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
5786 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00005787 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00005788 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00005789
Ted Kremenek9e060ca2011-02-23 23:06:04 +00005790 if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00005791 llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00005792 if (!size.isStrictlyPositive())
5793 return;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005794
5795 const Type* BaseType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
Nico Weberde5998f2011-09-17 22:59:41 +00005796 if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005797 // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size
5798 uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
5799 uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
Kaelyn Uhraind10f4bc2011-08-10 19:47:25 +00005800 // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*
Kaelyn Uhrain18f16972011-08-10 18:49:28 +00005801 if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005802 if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
5803 // There's a cast to a different size type involved
5804 uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
5805 // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
5806 // multiple of ptrarith_typesize
5807 if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
5808 size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
5809 }
5810 }
5811
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005812 if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00005813 index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth());
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00005814 else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00005815 size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth());
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00005816
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005817 // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
5818 // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
5819 // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
5820 // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00005821 if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size))
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00005822 return;
5823
5824 // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some
5825 // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89
5826 // code.
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005827 if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND))
Ted Kremenek8fd0a5d2011-02-16 04:01:44 +00005828 return;
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005829
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005830 // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
5831 // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
5832 // within a system header.
5833 if (ASE) {
5834 SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
5835 ASE->getRBracketLoc());
5836 if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
5837 SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
5838 IndexExpr->getLocStart());
5839 if (SourceMgr.isFromSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
5840 return;
5841 }
5842 }
5843
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005844 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005845 if (ASE)
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005846 DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds;
5847
5848 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
5849 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
5850 << size.toString(10, true)
5851 << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U)
5852 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005853 } else {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005854 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005855 if (!ASE) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005856 DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
5857 if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
5858 }
5859
5860 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
5861 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
5862 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00005863 }
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00005864
Matt Beaumont-Gaycfbc5b52011-11-29 19:27:11 +00005865 if (!ND) {
5866 // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
5867 while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
5868 dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
5869 BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
5870 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
5871 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
5872 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
5873 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
5874 }
5875
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00005876 if (ND)
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005877 DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
5878 PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds)
5879 << ND->getDeclName());
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00005880}
5881
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005882void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005883 int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
5884 while (expr) {
5885 expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005886 switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005887 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
5888 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005889 CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005890 AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005891 return;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005892 }
5893 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5894 // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
5895 const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
5896 expr = UO->getSubExpr();
5897 switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
5898 case UO_AddrOf:
5899 AllowOnePastEnd++;
5900 break;
5901 case UO_Deref:
5902 AllowOnePastEnd--;
5903 break;
5904 default:
5905 return;
5906 }
5907 break;
5908 }
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005909 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
5910 const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
5911 if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
5912 CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
5913 if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
5914 CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
5915 return;
5916 }
5917 default:
5918 return;
5919 }
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00005920 }
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005921}
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005922
5923//===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------//
5924
5925namespace {
5926 struct RetainCycleOwner {
5927 RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(0), Indirect(false) {}
5928 VarDecl *Variable;
5929 SourceRange Range;
5930 SourceLocation Loc;
5931 bool Indirect;
5932
5933 void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) {
5934 Loc = e->getExprLoc();
5935 Range = e->getSourceRange();
5936 }
5937 };
5938}
5939
5940/// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to
5941/// a retain cycle.
5942static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
Sylvestre Ledruf3477c12012-09-27 10:16:10 +00005943 // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005944 // lifetime. In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is
5945 // __block and has an appropriate type.
5946 if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
5947 return false;
5948
5949 owner.Variable = var;
Jordan Rosee10f4d32012-09-15 02:48:31 +00005950 if (ref)
5951 owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005952 return true;
5953}
5954
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005955static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005956 while (true) {
5957 e = e->IgnoreParens();
5958 if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) {
5959 switch (cast->getCastKind()) {
5960 case CK_BitCast:
5961 case CK_LValueBitCast:
5962 case CK_LValueToRValue:
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00005963 case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005964 e = cast->getSubExpr();
5965 continue;
5966
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005967 default:
5968 return false;
5969 }
5970 }
5971
5972 if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) {
5973 ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl();
5974 if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
5975 return false;
5976
5977 // Try to find a retain cycle in the base.
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005978 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005979 return false;
5980
5981 if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
5982 owner.Indirect = true;
5983 return true;
5984 }
5985
5986 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
5987 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl());
5988 if (!var) return false;
5989 return considerVariable(var, ref, owner);
5990 }
5991
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005992 if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
5993 if (member->isArrow()) return false;
5994
5995 // Don't count this as an indirect ownership.
5996 e = member->getBase();
5997 continue;
5998 }
5999
John McCall4b9c2d22011-11-06 09:01:30 +00006000 if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) {
6001 // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references.
6002 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre
6003 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm()
6004 ->IgnoreParens());
6005 if (!pre) return false;
6006 if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
6007 ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty();
6008 if (!property->isRetaining() &&
6009 !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() &&
6010 property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType()
6011 .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong))
6012 return false;
6013
6014 owner.Indirect = true;
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00006015 if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) {
6016 owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
6017 if (!owner.Variable)
6018 return false;
6019 owner.Loc = pre->getLocation();
6020 owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange();
6021 return true;
6022 }
John McCall4b9c2d22011-11-06 09:01:30 +00006023 e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase())
6024 ->getSourceExpr());
6025 continue;
6026 }
6027
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006028 // Array ivars?
6029
6030 return false;
6031 }
6032}
6033
6034namespace {
6035 struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> {
6036 FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable)
6037 : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context),
6038 Variable(variable), Capturer(0) {}
6039
6040 VarDecl *Variable;
6041 Expr *Capturer;
6042
6043 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
6044 if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
6045 Capturer = ref;
6046 }
6047
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006048 void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) {
6049 if (Capturer) return;
6050 Visit(ref->getBase());
6051 if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar())
6052 Capturer = ref;
6053 }
6054
6055 void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) {
6056 // Look inside nested blocks
6057 if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable))
6058 Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
6059 }
Fariborz Jahanian7e2e4c32012-08-31 20:04:47 +00006060
6061 void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *OVE) {
6062 if (Capturer) return;
6063 if (OVE->getSourceExpr())
6064 Visit(OVE->getSourceExpr());
6065 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006066 };
6067}
6068
6069/// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a
6070/// variable.
6071static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
6072 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
6073
6074 e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
Jordan Rose1fac58a2012-09-17 17:54:30 +00006075
6076 // Look through [^{...} copy] and Block_copy(^{...}).
6077 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(e)) {
6078 Selector Cmd = ME->getSelector();
6079 if (Cmd.isUnarySelector() && Cmd.getNameForSlot(0) == "copy") {
6080 e = ME->getInstanceReceiver();
6081 if (!e)
6082 return 0;
6083 e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
6084 }
6085 } else if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e)) {
6086 if (CE->getNumArgs() == 1) {
6087 FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl());
Ted Kremenekd13eff62012-10-02 04:36:54 +00006088 if (Fn) {
6089 const IdentifierInfo *FnI = Fn->getIdentifier();
6090 if (FnI && FnI->isStr("_Block_copy")) {
6091 e = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
6092 }
6093 }
Jordan Rose1fac58a2012-09-17 17:54:30 +00006094 }
6095 }
6096
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006097 BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e);
6098 if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable))
6099 return 0;
6100
6101 FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable);
6102 visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
6103 return visitor.Capturer;
6104}
6105
6106static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer,
6107 RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
6108 assert(capturer);
6109 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
6110
6111 S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle)
6112 << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange();
6113 S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner)
6114 << owner.Indirect << owner.Range;
6115}
6116
6117/// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or
6118/// 'set'.
6119static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) {
6120 if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false;
6121
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006122 StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006123 while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1);
Ted Kremenek968a0ee2011-12-01 00:59:21 +00006124 if (str.startswith("set"))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006125 str = str.substr(3);
Ted Kremenek968a0ee2011-12-01 00:59:21 +00006126 else if (str.startswith("add")) {
6127 // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'.
6128 if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock"))
6129 return false;
6130 str = str.substr(3);
6131 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006132 else
6133 return false;
6134
6135 if (str.empty()) return true;
6136 return !islower(str.front());
6137}
6138
6139/// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
6140void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
6141 // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter.
6142 if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector()))
6143 return;
6144
6145 // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by.
6146 RetainCycleOwner owner;
6147 if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) {
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00006148 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006149 return;
6150 } else {
6151 assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
6152 owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
6153 owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc();
6154 owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc();
6155 }
6156
6157 // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments.
6158 for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
6159 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner))
6160 return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
6161}
6162
6163/// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
6164void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) {
6165 RetainCycleOwner owner;
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00006166 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006167 return;
6168
6169 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner))
6170 diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
6171}
6172
Jordan Rosee10f4d32012-09-15 02:48:31 +00006173void Sema::checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init) {
6174 RetainCycleOwner Owner;
6175 if (!considerVariable(Var, /*DeclRefExpr=*/0, Owner))
6176 return;
6177
6178 // Because we don't have an expression for the variable, we have to set the
6179 // location explicitly here.
6180 Owner.Loc = Var->getLocation();
6181 Owner.Range = Var->getSourceRange();
6182
6183 if (Expr *Capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, Init, Owner))
6184 diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, Capturer, Owner);
6185}
6186
Ted Kremenek9d084012012-12-21 08:04:28 +00006187static bool checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
6188 Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
6189 // Check if RHS is an Objective-C object literal, which also can get
6190 // immediately zapped in a weak reference. Note that we explicitly
6191 // allow ObjCStringLiterals, since those are designed to never really die.
6192 RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenekf530ff72012-12-21 21:59:39 +00006193
Ted Kremenekd3292c82012-12-21 22:46:35 +00006194 // This enum needs to match with the 'select' in
6195 // warn_objc_arc_literal_assign (off-by-1).
6196 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Kind = S.CheckLiteralKind(RHS);
6197 if (Kind == Sema::LK_String || Kind == Sema::LK_None)
6198 return false;
Ted Kremenekf530ff72012-12-21 21:59:39 +00006199
6200 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_literal_assign)
Ted Kremenekd3292c82012-12-21 22:46:35 +00006201 << (unsigned) Kind
Ted Kremenek9d084012012-12-21 08:04:28 +00006202 << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
6203 << RHS->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenekf530ff72012-12-21 21:59:39 +00006204
6205 return true;
Ted Kremenek9d084012012-12-21 08:04:28 +00006206}
6207
Ted Kremenekb29b30f2012-12-21 19:45:30 +00006208static bool checkUnsafeAssignObject(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
6209 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT,
6210 Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
6211 // Strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one ARC-specific.
6212 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
6213 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
6214 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
6215 << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
6216 << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
6217 << RHS->getSourceRange();
6218 return true;
6219 }
6220 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
6221 }
6222
6223 if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
6224 checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(S, Loc, RHS, isProperty))
6225 return true;
6226
6227 return false;
6228}
6229
Ted Kremenekb1ea5102012-12-21 08:04:20 +00006230bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
6231 QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
6232 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
6233
6234 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
6235 return false;
6236
6237 if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, LT, RHS, false))
6238 return true;
6239
6240 return false;
6241}
6242
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00006243void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
6244 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00006245 QualType LHSType;
6246 // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
6247 // its declaration as it has a PsuedoType.
6248 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
6249 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
6250 if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
6251 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
6252 if (PD)
6253 LHSType = PD->getType();
6254 }
6255
6256 if (LHSType.isNull())
6257 LHSType = LHS->getType();
Jordan Rose7a270482012-09-28 22:21:35 +00006258
6259 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
6260
6261 if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
6262 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
6263 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc);
6264 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
6265 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(LHS);
6266 }
6267
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00006268 if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
6269 return;
Jordan Rose7a270482012-09-28 22:21:35 +00006270
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00006271 // FIXME. Check for other life times.
6272 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
6273 return;
6274
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00006275 if (PRE) {
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00006276 if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
6277 return;
6278 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
6279 if (!PD)
6280 return;
6281
Bill Wendlingad017fa2012-12-20 19:22:21 +00006282 unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
6283 if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) {
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00006284 // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
6285 // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
6286 // for lifetime info.
6287 unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
6288 if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) &&
6289 LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
6290 return;
6291
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00006292 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00006293 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00006294 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
6295 << RHS->getSourceRange();
6296 return;
6297 }
6298 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
6299 }
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00006300 }
Bill Wendlingad017fa2012-12-20 19:22:21 +00006301 else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) {
Ted Kremenekb1ea5102012-12-21 08:04:20 +00006302 if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, Qualifiers::OCL_Weak, RHS, true))
6303 return;
Fariborz Jahanianbd2e27e2012-07-06 21:09:27 +00006304 }
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00006305 }
6306}
Dmitri Gribenko625bb562012-02-14 22:14:32 +00006307
6308//===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===//
6309
6310namespace {
6311bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
6312 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
6313 const NullStmt *Body) {
6314 // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g:
6315 //
6316 // #define CALL(x)
6317 // if (condition)
6318 // CALL(0);
6319 //
6320 if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro())
6321 return false;
6322
6323 // Get line numbers of statement and body.
6324 bool StmtLineInvalid;
6325 unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(StmtLoc,
6326 &StmtLineInvalid);
6327 if (StmtLineInvalid)
6328 return false;
6329
6330 bool BodyLineInvalid;
6331 unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(),
6332 &BodyLineInvalid);
6333 if (BodyLineInvalid)
6334 return false;
6335
6336 // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line.
6337 if (StmtLine != BodyLine)
6338 return false;
6339
6340 return true;
6341}
6342} // Unnamed namespace
6343
6344void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
6345 const Stmt *Body,
6346 unsigned DiagID) {
6347 // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template
6348 // instantiations, this just adds noise.
6349 if (CurrentInstantiationScope)
6350 return;
6351
6352 // The body should be a null statement.
6353 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
6354 if (!NBody)
6355 return;
6356
6357 // Do the usual checks.
6358 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
6359 return;
6360
6361 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
6362 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
6363}
6364
6365void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
6366 const Stmt *PossibleBody) {
6367 assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller
6368
6369 SourceLocation StmtLoc;
6370 const Stmt *Body;
6371 unsigned DiagID;
6372 if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) {
6373 StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc();
6374 Body = FS->getBody();
6375 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body;
6376 } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) {
6377 StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6378 Body = WS->getBody();
6379 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body;
6380 } else
6381 return; // Neither `for' nor `while'.
6382
6383 // The body should be a null statement.
6384 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
6385 if (!NBody)
6386 return;
6387
6388 // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled.
6389 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()) ==
6390 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
6391 return;
6392
6393 // Do the usual checks.
6394 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
6395 return;
6396
6397 // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep
6398 // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a
6399 // CompoundStmt, e.g.:
6400 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
6401 // {
6402 // a(i);
6403 // }
6404 // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation
6405 // than for/while itself:
6406 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
6407 // a(i);
6408 bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody);
6409 if (!ProbableTypo) {
6410 bool BodyColInvalid;
6411 unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
6412 PossibleBody->getLocStart(),
6413 &BodyColInvalid);
6414 if (BodyColInvalid)
6415 return;
6416
6417 bool StmtColInvalid;
6418 unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
6419 S->getLocStart(),
6420 &StmtColInvalid);
6421 if (StmtColInvalid)
6422 return;
6423
6424 if (BodyCol > StmtCol)
6425 ProbableTypo = true;
6426 }
6427
6428 if (ProbableTypo) {
6429 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
6430 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
6431 }
6432}
Dmitri Gribenko0d5a0692012-08-17 00:08:38 +00006433
6434//===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------//
6435
6436namespace {
6437
6438bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2);
6439
6440/// \brief Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible.
6441bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED1, EnumDecl *ED2) {
6442 // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8:
6443 // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same
6444 // underlying type.
6445 return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() &&
6446 C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType());
6447}
6448
6449/// \brief Check if two fields are layout-compatible.
6450bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, FieldDecl *Field1, FieldDecl *Field2) {
6451 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType()))
6452 return false;
6453
6454 if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField())
6455 return false;
6456
6457 if (Field1->isBitField()) {
6458 // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length.
6459 unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C);
6460 unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C);
6461
6462 if (Bits1 != Bits2)
6463 return false;
6464 }
6465
6466 return true;
6467}
6468
6469/// \brief Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible.
6470/// (C++11 [class.mem] p17)
6471bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(ASTContext &C,
6472 RecordDecl *RD1,
6473 RecordDecl *RD2) {
6474 // If both records are C++ classes, check that base classes match.
6475 if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1)) {
6476 // If one of records is a CXXRecordDecl we are in C++ mode,
6477 // thus the other one is a CXXRecordDecl, too.
6478 const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2);
6479 // Check number of base classes.
6480 if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases())
6481 return false;
6482
6483 // Check the base classes.
6484 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator
6485 Base1 = D1CXX->bases_begin(),
6486 BaseEnd1 = D1CXX->bases_end(),
6487 Base2 = D2CXX->bases_begin();
6488 Base1 != BaseEnd1;
6489 ++Base1, ++Base2) {
6490 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Base1->getType(), Base2->getType()))
6491 return false;
6492 }
6493 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2)) {
6494 // If only RD2 is a C++ class, it should have zero base classes.
6495 if (D2CXX->getNumBases() > 0)
6496 return false;
6497 }
6498
6499 // Check the fields.
6500 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
6501 Field2End = RD2->field_end(),
6502 Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
6503 Field1End = RD1->field_end();
6504 for ( ; Field1 != Field1End && Field2 != Field2End; ++Field1, ++Field2) {
6505 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *Field2))
6506 return false;
6507 }
6508 if (Field1 != Field1End || Field2 != Field2End)
6509 return false;
6510
6511 return true;
6512}
6513
6514/// \brief Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible.
6515/// (C++11 [class.mem] p18)
6516bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(ASTContext &C,
6517 RecordDecl *RD1,
6518 RecordDecl *RD2) {
6519 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields;
6520 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
6521 Field2End = RD2->field_end();
6522 Field2 != Field2End; ++Field2) {
6523 UnmatchedFields.insert(*Field2);
6524 }
6525
6526 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
6527 Field1End = RD1->field_end();
6528 Field1 != Field1End; ++Field1) {
6529 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8>::iterator
6530 I = UnmatchedFields.begin(),
6531 E = UnmatchedFields.end();
6532
6533 for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
6534 if (isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *I)) {
6535 bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I);
6536 (void) Result;
6537 assert(Result);
6538 break;
6539 }
6540 }
6541 if (I == E)
6542 return false;
6543 }
6544
6545 return UnmatchedFields.empty();
6546}
6547
6548bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, RecordDecl *RD1, RecordDecl *RD2) {
6549 if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion())
6550 return false;
6551
6552 if (RD1->isUnion())
6553 return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2);
6554 else
6555 return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2);
6556}
6557
6558/// \brief Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense.
6559bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
6560 if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull())
6561 return false;
6562
6563 // C++11 [basic.types] p11:
6564 // If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are
6565 // layout-compatible types.
6566 if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2))
6567 return true;
6568
6569 T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
6570 T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
6571
6572 const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass();
6573 const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass();
6574
6575 if (TC1 != TC2)
6576 return false;
6577
6578 if (TC1 == Type::Enum) {
6579 return isLayoutCompatible(C,
6580 cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(),
6581 cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl());
6582 } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) {
6583 if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType())
6584 return false;
6585
6586 return isLayoutCompatible(C,
6587 cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(),
6588 cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl());
6589 }
6590
6591 return false;
6592}
6593}
6594
6595//===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----//
6596
6597namespace {
6598/// \brief Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself.
6599///
6600/// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code.
6601///
6602/// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag.
6603///
6604/// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value.
6605bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
6606 const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue) {
6607 while(true) {
6608 if (!TypeExpr)
6609 return false;
6610
6611 TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6612
6613 switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) {
6614 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
6615 const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
6616 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) {
6617 TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr();
6618 continue;
6619 }
6620 return false;
6621 }
6622
6623 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
6624 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr);
6625 *VD = DRE->getDecl();
6626 return true;
6627 }
6628
6629 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: {
6630 const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr);
6631 llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue();
6632 if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) {
6633 *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue();
6634 return true;
6635 } else
6636 return false;
6637 }
6638
6639 case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
6640 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
6641 const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO =
6642 cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr);
6643 bool Result;
6644 if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx)) {
6645 if (Result)
6646 TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr();
6647 else
6648 TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr();
6649 continue;
6650 }
6651 return false;
6652 }
6653
6654 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
6655 const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
6656 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
6657 TypeExpr = BO->getRHS();
6658 continue;
6659 }
6660 return false;
6661 }
6662
6663 default:
6664 return false;
6665 }
6666 }
6667}
6668
6669/// \brief Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr.
6670///
6671/// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag.
6672///
6673/// \param MagicValues Registered magic values.
6674///
6675/// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong
6676/// kind.
6677///
6678/// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type.
6679///
6680/// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found.
6681bool GetMatchingCType(
6682 const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
6683 const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
6684 const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
6685 Sema::TypeTagData> *MagicValues,
6686 bool &FoundWrongKind,
6687 Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo) {
6688 FoundWrongKind = false;
6689
6690 // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
6691 const ValueDecl *VD = NULL;
6692
6693 uint64_t MagicValue;
6694
6695 if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue))
6696 return false;
6697
6698 if (VD) {
6699 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
6700 I = VD->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
6701 E = VD->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
6702 I != E; ++I) {
6703 if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) {
6704 FoundWrongKind = true;
6705 return false;
6706 }
6707 TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType();
6708 TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible();
6709 TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull();
6710 return true;
6711 }
6712 return false;
6713 }
6714
6715 if (!MagicValues)
6716 return false;
6717
6718 llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
6719 Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I =
6720 MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue));
6721 if (I == MagicValues->end())
6722 return false;
6723
6724 TypeInfo = I->second;
6725 return true;
6726}
6727} // unnamed namespace
6728
6729void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
6730 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
6731 bool LayoutCompatible,
6732 bool MustBeNull) {
6733 if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)
6734 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset(
6735 new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>);
6736
6737 TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue);
6738 (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] =
6739 TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull);
6740}
6741
6742namespace {
6743bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) {
6744 const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>();
6745 if (!BT1)
6746 return false;
6747
6748 const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>();
6749 if (!BT2)
6750 return false;
6751
6752 BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind();
6753 BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind();
6754
6755 return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
6756 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) ||
6757 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) ||
6758 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar);
6759}
6760} // unnamed namespace
6761
6762void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
6763 const Expr * const *ExprArgs) {
6764 const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind();
6765 bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer();
6766
6767 const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getTypeTagIdx()];
6768 bool FoundWrongKind;
6769 TypeTagData TypeInfo;
6770 if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context,
6771 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(),
6772 FoundWrongKind, TypeInfo)) {
6773 if (FoundWrongKind)
6774 Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(),
6775 diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind)
6776 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
6777 return;
6778 }
6779
6780 const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getArgumentIdx()];
6781 if (IsPointerAttr) {
6782 // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument).
6783 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr))
Dmitri Gribenko5a249802012-11-03 16:07:49 +00006784 if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType() &&
Dmitri Gribenkob57ce4e2012-11-03 22:10:18 +00006785 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast)
Dmitri Gribenko0d5a0692012-08-17 00:08:38 +00006786 ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
6787 }
6788 QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType();
6789
6790 // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning.
6791 if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType())
6792 return;
6793
6794 if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) {
6795 // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer.
6796 if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6797 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) {
6798 Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(),
6799 diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required)
6800 << ArgumentKind->getName()
6801 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
6802 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
6803 }
6804 return;
6805 }
6806
6807 QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type;
6808 if (IsPointerAttr)
6809 RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType);
6810
6811 bool mismatch = false;
6812 if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) {
6813 mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType);
6814
6815 // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1:
6816 // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types.
6817 //
6818 // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned
6819 // char' depending on the current char signedness mode.
6820 if (mismatch)
6821 if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
6822 RequiredType->getPointeeType())) ||
6823 (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType)))
6824 mismatch = false;
6825 } else
6826 if (IsPointerAttr)
6827 mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context,
6828 ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
6829 RequiredType->getPointeeType());
6830 else
6831 mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType);
6832
6833 if (mismatch)
6834 Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch)
6835 << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind->getName()
6836 << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType
6837 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
6838 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
6839}